summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/old/67478-0.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'old/67478-0.txt')
-rw-r--r--old/67478-0.txt7647
1 files changed, 0 insertions, 7647 deletions
diff --git a/old/67478-0.txt b/old/67478-0.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 601f487..0000000
--- a/old/67478-0.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7647 +0,0 @@
-The Project Gutenberg eBook of A United States Midshipman in China,
-by Yates Stirling, Jr.
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
-most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
-of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
-www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you
-will have to check the laws of the country where you are located before
-using this eBook.
-
-Title: A United States Midshipman in China
-
-Author: Yates Stirling, Jr.
-
-Illustrator: Ralph L. Boyer
-
-Release Date: February 22, 2022 [eBook #67478]
-
-Language: English
-
-Produced by: D A Alexander, David E. Brown, and the Online Distributed
- Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was
- produced from images generously made available by Cornell
- University Digital Collections)
-
-*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK A UNITED STATES MIDSHIPMAN IN
-CHINA ***
-
-
-[Illustration: _IT WAS ROUGHLY SEIZED FROM HIS HAND_]
-
-
-
-
- A
- UNITED STATES
- MIDSHIPMAN
- IN CHINA
-
- _by_
-
- Lt. Com. Yates Stirling Jr. U.S.N.
-
- Author of
- “A U.S. Midshipman Afloat”
-
- [Illustration]
-
- Illustrated _by_ Ralph L. Boyer
-
- THE PENN PUBLISHING
- COMPANY PHILADELPHIA
- MCMIX
-
-
-
-
- COPYRIGHT
- 1909 BY
- THE PENN
- PUBLISHING
- COMPANY
-
- [Illustration]
-
-
-
-
-Introduction
-
-
-Those who have read “A United States Midshipman Afloat” will recall
-that Philip Perry and his friend, Sydney Monroe, recent graduates
-of the Naval Academy at Annapolis, had been but a short time in the
-regular naval service when the battle-ship “Connecticut,” to which they
-had been assigned, was ordered to a South American port. Here they
-found a revolution in progress, and it became the duty of the young men
-to prevent the delivery of certain machine guns and other war material
-which had been shipped from America to the insurgents. In this they
-were successful after some stirring adventure on land and sea.
-
-The present book shows the same young officers on a United States
-gunboat in the Yangtse River at a time when the lives of foreigners
-in China are in peril. A further account of their experiences in
-Eastern waters will be found in “A United States Midshipman in the
-Philippines.” In all of these books the endeavor has been to portray
-some of the bold enterprises which are all in the day’s work for a
-naval officer, and to show how our modern navy accomplishes big things
-in a quiet way.
-
-
-
-
-Contents
-
-
- I. AN INCIDENT OF THE RIVER 9
-
- II. AN UNPLEASANT ENCOUNTER 21
-
- III. THE PERIL AT THE MISSION GATE 32
-
- IV. THE EMBASSY TO THE VICEROY 44
-
- V. THE VICEROY’S TREACHERY 59
-
- VI. DIPLOMACY FAILS 72
-
- VII. DISSENSIONS 86
-
- VIII. IGNACIO SHOWS HIS HAND 108
-
- IX. HELD AS HOSTAGES 122
-
- X. A CHINESE PRISON 139
-
- XI. FRIENDS IN NEED 152
-
- XII. A DARING PLAN 167
-
- XIII. HOPES OF ESCAPE 181
-
- XIV. THE ESCAPE 194
-
- XV. AN ENEMY SILENCED 208
-
- XVI. REËNFORCEMENTS 234
-
- XVII. ABOARD THE “PHŒNIX” 245
-
- XVIII. THE START FOR KU-LING 259
-
- XIX. THE SECRET CHANNEL 274
-
- XX. RUNNING THE BATTERIES 288
-
- XXI. TO THE RESCUE OF THE MISSION 299
-
- XXII. THE LAST CHARGE 314
-
- XXIII. THE FORTS SURRENDER 332
-
- XXIV. PHIL EXPLAINS 345
-
-
-
-
-Illustrations
-
-
- PAGE
-
- IT WAS ROUGHLY SEIZED FROM HIS HAND _Frontispiece_
-
- A PISTOL SHOT RANG OUT 71
-
- “WE ARE YOUR FRIENDS” 150
-
- HE MEASURED THE STRENGTH OF HIS ANTAGONIST 191
-
- “THE MONITORS ARE ACTUALLY HERE!” 256
-
- “THERE IS STILL A CHANCE” 283
-
- THE AMERICANS WERE STRUCK DUMB 342
-
-
-
-
-A United States Midshipman in China
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER I
-
-AN INCIDENT OF THE RIVER
-
-
-The United States gunboat “Phœnix” lay at anchor in the swift current
-of the Yangtse River opposite the Chinese city of Ku-Ling. The surface
-of the water seemed tranquil, but a closer look over the side of the
-ship showed to the observer the strength of the muddy flood that swept
-for thousands of miles through the length of the Chinese Empire, from
-the far-away snows of the mountains of Tibet onward to the waters of
-the Pacific Ocean.
-
-Two young midshipmen were standing at the gunboat’s rail in eager
-conversation. Their eyes were intent upon the scenes on the shore
-scarce a hundred yards away.
-
-“Oh, there’s Langdon!” exclaimed Philip Perry, the taller of the two
-lads, as the form of the government pilot, Joseph Langdon, was seen
-coming from the ward-room companion ladder. “Langdon, have you ever
-seen this much talked about Chang-Li-Hun?”
-
-“Seen him?” Langdon echoed, approaching the speaker. “I’ve talked with
-him many a time, and you can take my word for it, there isn’t a man
-in all China whom I wouldn’t sooner have for my enemy. He’s a past
-craftsman in oriental subtlety and diplomacy. He rules his own people
-with a rod of iron, and if an official displeases him, off goes his
-head in the most approved Chinese fashion.”
-
-Both midshipmen suppressed an unconscious shiver as the American pilot
-of the Yangtse River illustrated the death of the disgraced official by
-chopping at his own thick neck with a great sun-tanned, muscular hand.
-
-“Everything looks peaceful enough ashore there now, doesn’t it?” Sydney
-Monroe, Phil’s friend and classmate, said in a tone of inquiry. “It
-doesn’t seem as if the foreigners were much in fear of the dangers of
-Chinese violence. Look!” he exclaimed; “there are European women and
-even children walking along the streets.”
-
-“That’s the danger in China,” Langdon returned in a troubled voice.
-“Living in this country is like being on top of a presumably extinct
-volcano. No one knows when it will break out. Sometimes it comes
-without the usual rumblings.”
-
-“There must have been some rumblings,” Philip Perry exclaimed, pointing
-suggestively at the half score of foreign gunboats representing all the
-European navies.
-
-“Yes,” Langdon answered, “there have been many signs which have greatly
-alarmed those who have made a study of the Chinese situation. This
-viceroy has within the last few weeks allowed many insults by his
-people to foreigners to go unpunished, and will not listen to the
-appeals of the foreign consuls. The missionaries all over the provinces
-are in fear of some terrible calamity, and it is through their urgent
-demands that these war-ships are here.”
-
-“What do the foreigners fear?” Sydney asked, interestedly.
-
-“Fear!” Langdon exclaimed. “Why, almost every kind of torture and
-death. When once the Chinese are allowed to avenge themselves upon the
-foreigner there’s no limit to their cruelty.”
-
-“Why can’t we appeal to the Chinese government at Peking to protect
-foreigners?” Phil asked gravely. “Haven’t we a treaty with China for
-protection of United States citizens here?”
-
-Langdon gave the lad a withering look, as he replied:
-
-“This viceroy is not letting Peking know what is happening in his
-provinces. If he succeeds in making the country over which he rules
-dangerous and unprofitable to foreigners without doing more than kill a
-few missionaries and ruining foreign trade, Peking will apologize for
-the deaths and pay an indemnity to the families of those killed and
-then to sustain him in the eyes of his people decorate him with the
-Order of the Dragon. But if he goes too far, then Peking, in order to
-save herself from an invasion of foreign soldiers, will disgrace the
-viceroy in one of the many ways known best to the Chinese.”
-
-“Here comes the captain now,” Sydney exclaimed as a small white
-canopied steam launch shoved off from the jetty and stood toward the
-“Phœnix.”
-
-All three walked toward the gangway to meet Commander Hughes, the
-captain of the gunboat, who had been ashore to visit his consul and
-gather the latest news of the much feared uprising among the fanatical
-natives.
-
-“Well, Webster,” Commander Hughes exclaimed in hearty tones to the
-executive officer, as he put his foot on the quarter-deck, returning in
-a precise manner the salutes of the officers standing near. “Keep your
-guard for the mission ready to land at a moment’s notice. I saw that
-half-breed Emmons, the oracle of the river. He is non-committal, but
-I can see he fears trouble. He promised to warn me in plenty of time.
-Emmons says that the Tartar general, commanding all the soldiers under
-the viceroy, is not in sympathy with this movement, and if he can urge
-the viceroy to take steps to suppress it, our presence here may yet be
-unnecessary.”
-
-After the captain had entered his cabin the two midshipmen turned
-eagerly upon the pilot.
-
-“Who is this half-breed Emmons the captain speaks of?” Phil demanded.
-
-“Do you see all those launches over there?” the pilot inquired,
-pointing to the near-by docks where many small vessels were unloading.
-
-“Well, they belong to Emmons,” he added, “and he’s very rich. His
-mother was a native woman and his father an American merchant skipper.
-Emmons wears Chinese clothes and to meet him on the street you’d
-take him for a native. We’re lucky to have Emmons with us, but if
-the viceroy suspects that he is, he’d enjoy nothing better than to
-confiscate his property and expel him from the provinces, even if he
-doesn’t have him executed.”
-
-“Where’s this mission?” Sydney asked gazing searchingly out over the
-green sloped hills of the country.
-
-Langdon held a pointing finger steadily out to the right of the walled
-Chinese city.
-
-“About five miles from here,” he said. “It’s built in the middle of an
-ancient Chinese graveyard and is a thorn in the side of the Chinese.
-It was erected three years ago, and by order of this same viceroy. No
-other site could be used. He knew that the Chinese would never rest
-until they tore the building down. It took nearly two years to build;
-all the work was done by Christian converts. I don’t blame the captain
-for feeling uneasy, for in my opinion that mission will be the first
-point of attack.”
-
-Phil and Sydney were soon after below in their rooms finishing their
-unpacking; for they had but recently arrived on the station and had
-joined the gunboat just previous to her leaving Shanghai on her
-four-hundred mile cruise up the great Chinese river. So interested were
-they during the day, viewing the shifting scenery, and at night so much
-of their time had been occupied in standing watch on the gunboat’s
-bridge, that they had quite forgotten their trunks as yet unpacked in
-the ward-room passages.
-
-After dinner that evening, while the midshipmen were enjoying the
-bracing fall air on the quarter-deck, Phil was suddenly summoned to
-report immediately to the captain.
-
-Receiving Commander Hughes’ instructions to take the steam launch and
-board each of the foreign gunboats, the midshipman left the cabin to
-carry out his orders, much elated at the exalted rôle he was playing in
-the affairs of nations. About an hour later, having visited each of the
-foreign gunboats and given to their commanding officers his captain’s
-letters, the launch breasted the swift current of the river on her
-return to the ship. The coxswain of the launch was steering his boat
-close to the hulls of the junks moored to the jetty, in order to avoid
-the strength of the current. The river was silent; no sound could be
-heard save the whir of the tiny engine and the rush of the tide against
-the sides of the launch.
-
-As the boat passed within the shadow of a high-sided junk, such as are
-used by the wealthy Chinese as house-boats, a piercing cry rang out
-over the quiet water from her deck, directly above Phil’s head; then
-he heard the sound of a scuffle, followed by the splash of a heavy
-body in the dark waters astern of the launch. The lad was on his feet
-in an instant; throwing off his coat, he sprang out on the launch’s
-rail, ready to go to the assistance of the unfortunate one who had
-been swallowed up in the treacherous waters. The coxswain had by
-signal stopped the headway of the launch and all eyes were searching
-the waters astern: the ripples that closed over the body were visible,
-while some yards down stream an object floated, all but submerged,
-rapidly borne away by the hurrying flood.
-
-The lad stood irresolute for the fraction of a second, fear of the
-treacherous flood tugging at his heart; then overcoming this momentary
-weakness, he turned to the coxswain beside him:
-
-“Go down to leeward and pick me up,” he ordered, gathering himself
-together and springing far out into the dark river.
-
-As he struck out boldly sinister stories of the enchanted water surged
-back to him. He had heard how the suction from the muddy bottom was
-known to drag to their death even the strongest swimmers: men who had
-missed their footing while stepping into boats alongside their own
-ships had disappeared beneath the yellow surface never to rise again.
-The Chinese superstition was that a dragon lived in the river and
-that all persons who fell into his home were drawn to the bottom and
-devoured by the monster.
-
-Phil struggled manfully against these weird fancies, yet he was
-conscious of the force acting to suck his body down while he exerted
-all his strength to keep his head above the engulfing waters. The
-high-sided junks flashed by him as he swam with the current toward the
-victim struggling despairingly in the embrace of the river dragon. In a
-few moments his strong strokes had brought him alongside the drowning
-man. He grasped the man’s clothing and drew him closer, seeking a
-firmer hold. Avoiding the waving arms, Phil’s hand worked its way along
-the body until it reached his head, and there his fingers closed about
-the long braided cue; twisting this around his hand, the lad swam out
-toward the middle of the river. The Chinaman struggled violently,
-striving to grasp Phil’s hand. The boy saw with terror that if the
-Chinaman succeeded they would both drown.
-
-“Be still or I’ll let you go!” he commanded, forgetting in his anxiety
-that he was talking to a Chinaman, but nevertheless the man quieted
-down and Phil’s hopes rose.
-
-With the stinging water in his eyes, he gazed about him for the launch;
-he could scarcely see; the oppressive darkness seemed to be closing in
-about him. Then out of the night there loomed the sides of many junks,
-massed in tiers, directly in the path of the current carrying him. This
-new and terrible danger filled him with despair: even the strongest
-swimmer could not expect to survive if he were drawn under that wooden
-wall of vessels; if he were not crushed between their huge hulls he
-would be forced beneath the surface for so long a time that life would
-be extinct before he rose again. His one chance was to breast the
-tide, swimming out from shore in the hope that thus he might clear the
-outside junk.
-
-The hulls seemed ever closer and the lad’s efforts weaker. The Chinaman
-was a dead weight upon him; if he abandoned the man he could save
-himself. Would it not be just? He could not hope to save both himself
-and the Chinaman, therefore, was he not obeying the first law of nature
-by abandoning the unfortunate man to his fate? But Phil, even with
-death staring him in the face, dismissed these unnerving thoughts from
-his mind. He would save the man or drown in the attempt! As he swam
-manfully ahead, supporting the fully conscious but terrified Chinaman,
-and casting anxious glances behind him at the fast approaching menace,
-his heart was gladdened at the sight of the launch standing in boldly
-between him and the junks, now but a few dozen yards away. Then he saw
-the boat turn slowly, painfully, toward him in the grasp of the cruel,
-relentless current which seemed to sweep her down under the yawning
-whirlpool. He closed his eyes to shut out the sight. If the launch
-failed to turn inside the distance she would be swept under the mass of
-shipping and be capsized; then the brave men who had fearlessly taken
-this risk to save him would all find a watery grave in the river.
-
-“She can’t make it!” he gasped despairingly.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER II
-
-AN UNPLEASANT ENCOUNTER
-
-
-Phil had ceased to struggle; his doom was too close upon him to hope
-to escape it. His one chance was the launch. A low cry of joy burst
-from him as he saw her turn safely under the overhanging bows of the
-junks and steam swiftly toward him. Yet he knew that all danger had not
-passed; the current was still sweeping him down while the boat must
-keep her headway else she would be carried back under the shipping. The
-launch loomed above him; he saw her anxious crew gathered in the bow
-ready to grasp the struggling men as they were swept by on the crest of
-the flood.
-
-He was conscious of strong arms about him, and the next moment he and
-the rescued Chinaman were safely on board the launch, while she was
-steaming at full speed for safety away from the treacherous shore.
-
-After the rescued Chinaman had been resuscitated, and Phil had
-recovered from his terrible exertions, he ordered the coxswain to land
-at the foreign concession. The Chinaman lay on the deck of the launch,
-fully alive but not showing by word or sign his gratitude to the
-midshipman who had saved his life at the risk of his own.
-
-As the boat stopped at the stone steps of the jetty, the Chinaman arose
-unsteadily to his feet, grasping the boy’s hand in both of his, then
-without a word stepped quickly out of the launch and was lost in the
-night.
-
-Phil was so astonished at the man’s action that it was some moments
-before he realized that a ring had been left in his hand. He examined
-it eagerly in the dim light of an oil lantern; what was his surprise to
-find that it was of massive carved gold, set with a green jade stone.
-
-As the launch was secured alongside of the “Phœnix’s” gangway, Phil
-stepped to the coxswain’s side and took the sailor’s rough hand in his
-own, much to the embarrassment of the latter.
-
-“Blake,” the lad said earnestly, “you saved my life, and you did it as
-coolly as if you had been only making a landing alongside the ship.”
-
-“It was nothing, sir,” the coxswain answered quickly, his face beaming;
-“but to think of your jumping into this river to save a Chink,” he
-added admiringly.
-
-“My act was upon impulse,” Phil declared earnestly, “and took no real
-nerve, while you deliberately measured your chances and saw that the
-odds were dead against you; one slip, one spoke too little helm, one
-revolution too few with the engines, and you and your crew would have
-been swept underneath that mass of junks, and knowing this you took the
-chance and had the nerve and grit to steer your boat cleverly to safety
-and me with her. My act is insignificant beside yours.”
-
-Leaving the coxswain still wondering at his words of praise, Phil
-reported his return and went at once to his room for dry clothes.
-Although the hour was early, and there were many things over which he
-would have liked to talk with Sydney and their new friend Langdon, when
-once in dry, warm clothes he found his exertions of the past hour had
-sapped his strength, and he was soon fast asleep. Nor did he awake
-until the sun was streaming in through his port-hole.
-
-Turning out promptly, and making a hasty toilet, he was soon in
-the mess-room, where he found the full mess at breakfast, and all
-discussing the seriousness of the present crisis.
-
-As he put his hands on the table the brightness of the ring the
-Chinaman had given him startled him; the deep green of the stone stood
-out clearly against the white tablecloth. Langdon, sitting beside him,
-espied it immediately and grasped the boy’s hand, examining the ring
-closely.
-
-“Royal jade!” the pilot exclaimed. “Where did you get it? That’s one of
-the finest stones I’ve seen in years.”
-
-Phil felt abashed, not wishing to relate his experience before the mess.
-
-“I’ll tell you later,” he whispered, withdrawing his hand before the
-attention of the rest of the mess could be attracted. Then turning to
-the executive officer, presiding at the head of the mess-table, he
-asked anxiously:
-
-“Is there any news, sir, about sending the guard to the legation? If
-it is going I should like to be allowed to go in the detail.”
-
-Sydney hastened to add his plea to go along also, and Mr. Webster’s
-face broadened in an amused smile as he watched the eager faces of the
-midshipmen.
-
-“I can tell you,” he replied heartily, “that you are both in the
-detail, so you may rest easy. I for one hope there will be no necessity
-for the expedition. China is a dangerous country when once aroused.”
-Then, turning to Phil, whose joy showed plainly in his face, while his
-pulses beat faster, he added:
-
-“What’s this we hear about your rescuing a Chinaman from drowning last
-night? It’s all about the ship forward, yet aft here we’re the last to
-hear of it.”
-
-Phil colored painfully while he outlined the episode of the river; he
-said but little of his part, but praised unstintingly the coolness and
-courage of the coxswain of the launch.
-
-“Coxswain Blake belittles his own part as much as you praise it,” Mr.
-Webster remarked kindly, as the officers rose from the breakfast table.
-
-In Phil’s room after breakfast, Langdon examined the ring closely in
-hopes of discovering a clew to the identity of the owner.
-
-“There’s nothing here to tell,” the pilot announced after careful
-scrutiny, handing the ring back to the midshipman; “it’s of great value
-among the Chinese; undoubtedly the man was rich and he left with you
-the only article of value he was then wearing. The Chinese are a queer
-lot; their superstitions will not allow them to save a fellow-being
-from drowning, but when they themselves are saved by a foreigner they
-will at once put aside the obligation by giving their rescuer a costly
-gift. Your Chinaman doubtless considers his debt is paid.”
-
-After breakfast was over the midshipmen asked and received permission
-to visit the foreign concession.
-
-“You must go in uniform,” Lieutenant Webster replied to their request,
-“and the captain’s positive orders are not to enter the Chinese city.”
-
-The lads quickly agreed to keep to this rule, and a half hour later the
-“Phœnix’s” steam launch landed them on the stone jetty abreast the
-ship.
-
-Here they were immediately surrounded by a score of Chinese ricksha
-coolies, each one anxious to enlist their patronage in engaging a
-jinricksha, which is the customary conveyance of the far Eastern
-countries. The lads were soon seated each in one of these miniature
-carriages; and the coolies in the shafts darted off at a lively pace
-down the smooth macadamized roadbed of the Bund.
-
-“Where shall we go first?” Sydney questioned, raising his voice so as
-to be heard above the rattle of the wheels.
-
-Phil shook his head in sign of perfect indifference. The sensation
-of riding in one of these novel carriages for the first time was
-distinctly pleasant. He felt half exhilarated and half ridiculous.
-However, before they had traveled a block, he lost his feeling that
-every one was looking at him, a grown man riding in a baby carriage,
-and began to thoroughly enjoy the situation. The throngs on the streets
-interested him, and the color scheme pleased his eye; the gayly dressed
-natives sprinkled here and there with the more sombre garb of the
-Europeans or Americans.
-
-“I don’t care,” he answered as Sydney repeated his question. “Let them
-take us wherever they will. Later, though, I want to go to the bank and
-buy a draft to send home.
-
-“Here we are,” he added suddenly, making energetic efforts to stop his
-own ricksha in its mad career, as he espied the sign on a great stone
-building: “Hongkong Bank.”
-
-The lads alighting, bidding by sign their rickshas to wait, entered the
-wide doorway of the bank.
-
-Here they met scores of Chinamen pouring continually in and out,
-depositing or drawing out great sacks of Mexican dollars, the token
-currency of China. Behind the counters, although the bank was owned
-by an English corporation, Phil saw only Chinese. Millions of dollars
-daily passed through their hands.
-
-Leaving Sydney gazing interestedly at the scenes of activity, Phil
-moved over to a desk upon which were paper and ink laid out for the
-bank customers. As he drew near, he took casual note of a foreigner
-standing with his back toward the door, engaged apparently in writing.
-At the man’s feet he saw a neatly folded paper lying. Apparently it
-had just been dropped from the foreigner’s pocket. Stooping down, Phil
-picked it up, hastily glancing over it to see if it was of sufficient
-consequence to ask the stranger if it were his. He had barely time to
-note that the writing was in English when it was roughly seized from
-his hand, and looking up in surprise, he found himself confronted
-by an angry, excited face, whose dark, piercing eyes snapped with
-uncontrolled passion. The stranger thrust the letter into his pocket
-with one hand, while the other was closely clenched as if he were about
-to strike down the innocent offender.
-
-“What do you mean by trying to read my letter?” the foreigner cried in
-a voice full of wrath.
-
-The blood mounted to Phil’s forehead as he returned unflinchingly
-the stranger’s wild look. He was about to answer an apology when the
-foreigner’s cutting voice stayed him.
-
-“Just like you officious Americans,” the stranger exclaimed, surveying
-the neat blue uniform of the American midshipman; “always meddling in
-some one else’s affairs.”
-
-“What’s the trouble, Phil?” Sydney asked in alarm, hastening to his
-friend’s side, upon seeing the look on Phil’s face and the menacing
-attitude of the other.
-
-By an effort Phil controlled himself. His first thought was then and
-there to settle accounts with this infuriated man; but wiser counsel
-prevailed.
-
-“I did not read your letter,” he retorted in a dignified voice. “I
-wished only to see if it was of any consequence in order to restore
-it to its owner.” Then realizing that his conciliating answer had
-not changed the attitude of the stranger, he added in a voice of
-self-contained anger:
-
-“If you got what you deserved, it would be a sound thrashing for your
-slanderous tongue.”
-
-The foreigner, hearing the lad’s just rebuke, and seeing by his
-muscular frame that he was capable of carrying his implied threat into
-execution, shrugged his shoulders eloquently, pocketed his papers and
-walked sullenly toward the door of the bank.
-
-Phil stood his ground, his eyes defiantly following the stranger until
-the swinging doors closed behind him.
-
-Sydney was told of the cause of the unexpected dispute and was eager to
-follow the foreigner and demand an apology, but Phil only laughed.
-
-“I got in the last word; that’s something,” he said, as he quietly
-wrote out his order for the draft. “I wonder who he is. By his accent
-I should say he was of a Latin race. He spoke to me in good English,
-though.”
-
-“Do you suppose he is a naval officer from a foreign gunboat?” Sydney
-asked by way of an answer.
-
-“No; he’s probably some beach-comber,” Phil answered testily, taking
-his paper to the cashier’s desk. “And as far as I am concerned I don’t
-care who he is. He’s not of sufficient importance to give him any more
-attention,” he added, shutting his firm jaws with a snap in dismissing
-the unpleasant incident.
-
-“Come on,” he said. “Let’s forget him. There are lots of things here
-more amusing.”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER III
-
-THE PERIL AT THE MISSION GATE
-
-
-Upon their return on board the “Phœnix,” the midshipmen found all was
-activity. A message had been received from Emmons which had decided
-Commander Hughes to wait no longer before sending the guard to
-protect the defenseless mission on the hill some miles from the town.
-Persistent rumors were current that the Chinese outlaws would very soon
-make an effort to efface this heathen blot of stone from their sacred
-soil.
-
-In the course of a half hour all was in readiness to embark the guard.
-Tents, rations, Colt gun and rifles were carried into the waiting
-boats, and in a few minutes more the small party of officers and men
-found themselves on the stone jetty, immediately in front of the
-Chinese city. Under the eyes of a quickly-gathered, curious crowd of
-Chinese, the sailors formed and marched along the road skirting the
-fortified wall of the city. After some miles had been covered, the
-great buildings of the mission came in sight, and soon after they were
-admitted within the walled compound by the anxious missionaries, whose
-dread of Chinese cruelty had been acquired through long residence among
-these fanatical people. Many of their number they had seen sacrificed
-by the lawless element of a superstitious and conservative race, whom
-they had come thousands of miles to civilize according to their Western
-standards.
-
-The sailor sentinels were quickly stationed at the four corners of the
-walled compound, and the peaceful mission was soon transformed into a
-warlike fortress.
-
-“What do you think of all this?” inquired Phil of the pilot after the
-lads had finished their duties of preparing for the defense.
-
-“I think,” answered Langdon, a grim smile on his face, “that these
-missionaries are wise to build their houses inside of a stone fort. The
-only way to succeed in civilizing the Chinese is to make sure that they
-don’t kill you before you’ve had a chance to show them the benefits of
-our methods.”
-
-“But I mean,” urged Phil, “do you believe that there’s going to be
-trouble?”
-
-“I’ve seen a great number of these threatened uprisings,” replied
-Langdon thoughtfully, “come to nothing for the want of a leader with
-energy enough to keep alive the spark of fanaticism; I hope this one
-will follow in their footsteps, for if the Chinese ever awaken to the
-knowledge of their power, our small force of ships and men could never
-stem the rising flood.
-
-“Do you see the forts over yonder?” he continued, pointing to the
-numerous heavy gun emplacements on the heights below the city; “those
-batteries command the anchorage occupied by the allied fleet, and their
-garrisons are now wavering between their loyalty to the government
-at Peking, and their families and friends taking an active part in
-the intrigues against the lives of the foreigners. If those guns were
-turned against us, our position here would indeed be a serious one.”
-
-The two midshipmen, listening to the words of one who had lived ten
-years among the Chinese, felt their hearts beat faster: secretly they
-were glad that their cruise in the Orient was likely to be fraught
-with grave dangers.
-
-The missionaries and their numerous Chinese converts inside the walled
-mission were once more at ease; they believed that all danger was past:
-the Chinese had never attacked a mission so strongly defended by the
-rifles of the hated but much feared foreign sailors.
-
-The hot day came to an end, and the night wind from the distant
-mountains brought to the anxious ones a desire for sleep which they had
-not felt for days.
-
-Phil and Sydney lay awake long after the mission was wrapt in slumber.
-They had talked over the situation very thoroughly, the views of
-Langdon having made a deep impression on their minds. There certainly
-was a danger! Could the Chinese troops be depended upon to withstand
-the bribes of the lawless ones?
-
-Sydney’s even breathing, at last, showing that he had fallen off
-to sleep, cut short further conversation between them; while Phil,
-casting an annoyed glance at the unconcerned sleeper on the adjoining
-cot, arose and silently left the tent; he was far from asleep and,
-being the officer of the guard for the night, determined to make an
-inspection of the sentries.
-
-The night was dark save for the dim light shed by the crescent moon low
-in the western sky. Ascending the mission stairs, he stepped out on the
-broad top of the high barrier of brick and mortar and walked down the
-wall. A sentry was posted at the near corner of the quadrangle.
-
-“Is everything all right?” he asked quietly.
-
-“Yes, sir, but I seen a bunch of Chinese up there near the gate a few
-minutes before you come,” the sailor made answer. “I hollered at ’em,
-and they ain’t stopped runnin’ yet.”
-
-“What can I do if they don’t run?” he added, questioningly.
-
-“Nothing; just call the sergeant of the guard,” replied Phil quickly.
-“On your life don’t shoot without orders.”
-
-“If a Chink shoots at me, sir, can’t I fire back?” the sailor asked,
-casting an apprehensive glance into the darkness outside of the
-compound.
-
-Lieutenant Wilson had instructed the midshipmen to make certain
-that the sentries did not fire first: the viceroy of the province
-was believed to be striving to hold the malcontents in check, but an
-untimely shot might precipitate hostilities.
-
-“If you are fired upon,” Phil ordered, “fire your piece and arouse the
-garrison, but don’t shoot unnecessarily.”
-
-“Aye, aye, sir,” the sailor answered, as the midshipman drew away up
-the wall to visit the next sentry.
-
-While Phil was crossing the stone archway over the heavily-barred iron
-gate, the main entrance into the mission, he was attracted by a dark
-object on the ground below him, close up to the metal doors.
-
-A closer look filled the boy’s thoughts with an unknown dread. The
-object appeared harmless enough, and yet why was it there against the
-gate of the mission? Phil saw now that it was a large box, outlined
-dimly in the shadow of the archway.
-
-He peered about him uncertainly. He could see the two lookouts at the
-wall’s corners; they were alert and yet in ignorance of the danger at
-the mission gate. The midshipman’s thoughts dwelt on the information
-given by the sentry with whom he had just spoken: there had been some
-Chinamen at the gate but a few moments ago! Was this box harmless or
-did its presence there foretell a warlike design against the hundreds
-of non-combatants, women and children, now under the protection of the
-American sailors?
-
-His startled gaze traveled over the gloomy expanse of surrounding
-country outside of the high wall: the shadowy mounds, graves of
-departed Chinese, dotting the grassy slopes about the compound might
-be now concealing an armed force of attacking fanatics; beyond the
-graves it rested for a moment on the low mud walls of abandoned houses,
-believed by their owners to be forever polluted by the close presence
-of the despised foreigners. Down on a lower level the high walled
-city lay sleeping; the closely packed roofs resembling a continuous
-floor, upon which fell the dim light of the waning moon; then again it
-descended to the silent waters of the river, the towering pagodas along
-its banks standing like guardian sentinels, with the anchored ships a
-phantom fleet upon its dark surface.
-
-A spark-like glint below him caught his eye, and its ominous message
-sent the blood from his heart. With every faculty alert Phil threw
-himself at full length on the wall and peered anxiously below into the
-deeper shadow of the gateway: a sputtering spark but a few feet away
-from the box told only too plainly its terrible mission: there was an
-explosive against the gates, and the crawling point of fire was the
-live end of the slow-match, surely and deliberately burning its way
-toward the captive force that would, in a fraction of a minute, hurl
-the powerful gates asunder, thus letting in the ambushing Chinese,
-doubtless watching and waiting, concealed in the misty shadows.
-
-The lad’s heart stood still as it flashed upon him what his duty
-demanded of him. If he were a second too late he would be blown to
-pieces and yet the gates would be shattered and useless to protect the
-mission. His mind was made up quickly: he must first warn the garrison
-and then quench the fatal spark twenty feet below him.
-
-“Turn out the guard!” he cried loudly; then as he heard the startled
-sentries repeat his words, he dropped silently to the ground on the
-outside of the compound and grasped the lighted end of the fuse between
-his fingers, but a few inches from its awful goal.
-
-He heard the startled cries of his companions awakened from their sleep
-by the alarming summons; the rattle of rifles and accoutrements as the
-sailors hastened to their stations on the wall. The reaction had now
-set in; the boy’s limbs seemed about to fail him. Almost unstrung he
-clung to the box while he collected his scattered thoughts. If the box
-remained there the enemy might yet succeed in exploding its contents
-against the gate.
-
-With his body pressed close to the torpedo, and in its deeper shadow,
-his ear detected a sound near him in the grass at the edge of the road.
-Suddenly a figure darted forward across the archway and stopped on the
-other side of the box, fumbling with its top, as if to relight the
-fuse. Phil held his breath as he reached forth his hand and clutched
-the wrist of the intruder. Drawing the surprised man, with all his
-force, across the box, he threw him to the ground. A cry escaped the
-captive as he felt the strong arms of the midshipman enfold him,
-smothering him to the earth.
-
-The two bodies heaved and strained; the efforts of the Chinaman became
-visibly weaker, and finally Phil cast the insensible form from him.
-
-“Who goes there?” in excited tones from above him showed him that aid
-was near. A sailor peered over the wall immediately above the lad’s
-head, his menacing rifle covering the exhausted boy.
-
-“It’s Midshipman Perry, the officer of the guard,” he whispered
-hoarsely; “heave me a line, quick! Keep the gate closed! The place is
-full of Chinese!”
-
-A rope dangled down from a corner of the archway and Phil, grasping its
-end, quickly made it fast around the box, giving the signal to hoist.
-
-“Be careful, that’s powder,” he cautioned; “send the end back for me.
-Hurry,” he added, casting a fearsome look into the shadows behind him.
-
-With the end of the rope in his hand he stooped down to tie it about
-the body of his captive; when, without a moment’s warning, he felt
-a stinging blow in the face, that sent him reeling to the wall. He
-clutched wildly at the offender, now on his feet and struggling madly
-to free himself from the terrifying embrace of the midshipman. The
-fully recovered celestial fought with the strength of despair, uttering
-piercing shrieks which seemed to be answered from the surrounding
-darkness.
-
-Suddenly Phil was wrenched nearly off his feet, and then fell backward
-against the wall, the torn coat of the man in his hands, while the
-escaping prisoner melted into the night.
-
-Hand over hand, up the rope, it was but the work of a second to the top
-of the wall, and there he found an anxious group of officers and men
-who had watched, with bated breath, the struggle below them.
-
-Phil explained the circumstances at once to Lieutenant Wilson.
-
-“I feel sure they’re concealed all about here,” he ended excitedly. “I
-heard answers to the man’s cries.”
-
-Lieutenant Wilson turned to Langdon, who had been an eager listener.
-
-“Is it an attack, Langdon?” he asked anxiously.
-
-Langdon shook his head, much mystified, then the garment in Phil’s hand
-caught his eye. He took it from the lad in silence and carried it down
-from the wall, entering the small gate-house inside the compound.
-
-“Keep a strict watch, Mr. Monroe,” the lieutenant ordered, motioning
-Phil to follow him, and together they entered the room where Langdon
-was carefully examining the garment.
-
-It was a blue tunic, plain save for a white border and a number of
-Chinese written characters on its back. It was this lettering that
-Langdon was studying.
-
-“Viceroy Chang-Li-Hun,” he read slowly aloud. Then he glanced up, a
-worried expression on his usually calm face.
-
-“Mr. Wilson,” he said, “it’s serious; we’ve the viceroy’s soldiers
-against us.”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER IV
-
-THE EMBASSY TO THE VICEROY
-
-
-If the man with whom Phil had fought was a soldier of the viceroy, it
-was indeed convincing evidence that the outlaws were receiving aid of
-the official class. Lieutenant Wilson at once saw the seriousness of
-the situation for all foreigners living within the provinces under
-the jurisdiction of Viceroy Chang-Li-Hun. The American naval man knew
-that his duty required him to place this information in the hands of
-his commanding officer on board the “Phœnix” immediately, in order
-that all the foreign powers represented might know that the threatened
-uprising was no longer one of unorganized, misguided coolies or working
-men, but was at the instigation of the powerful mandarins, receiving
-their instructions, no doubt, directly from the viceroy himself. Did
-he dare take the risk of sending messengers out of the mission at
-this time when the enemy were doubtless gathered about the walls of
-the compound, perhaps even now making up their minds to attack the
-defending garrison? Yet in the morning affairs might have grown even
-worse: the morrow’s sun might see the mission besieged, and every
-outlet barred.
-
-“Langdon,” Lieutenant Wilson questioned, after an impressive silence,
-while his companions waited, looking to him to give the orders which
-each felt the terrible development demanded, “are you sure that you
-have read these characters correctly? We must not alarm the foreigners
-unnecessarily. Might not this garment have been worn by a discharged
-soldier? Are we safe in assuming that the viceroy is back of this
-attempt on the gate because one of the culprits wears his uniform?”
-
-“It is possible, sir,” Langdon answered thoughtfully, “but I believe
-improbable. This plan is not one that could be conceived by a stupidly
-ignorant coolie mob; you can see for yourself it must have been devised
-by those who have some knowledge of the use of explosives; and knowing
-as they must that the mission is being guarded by American sailors, it
-was intended as an affront to the nation that they represent.”
-
-“I believe you are right, Langdon,” the lieutenant agreed promptly.
-“I shall act upon your judgment; your knowledge of the Chinese should
-make your reasoning sound.” Then he turned to the expectant midshipmen:
-“Mr. Perry, this news must be taken to Captain Hughes to-night; I
-offer you the chance to go; your right to be chosen can’t be disputed:
-your discovery of the viceroy’s treachery and your heroic conduct in
-frustrating his design has won you the privilege.”
-
-Phil flushed with pleasure at his senior’s words of praise, while he
-stammered out his readiness to undertake the hazardous enterprise.
-Asking that Sydney accompany him he received a ready assent.
-
-“Can you spare me, too, sir?” Langdon asked earnestly. “I know every
-foot of the land about here; I’ve shot pheasant all over these hills,
-and understanding the language, may be a help to Mr. Perry if he should
-be stopped by the natives.”
-
-“Yes, certainly,” the lieutenant replied quickly, his face showing his
-appreciation of the pilot’s offer. “I couldn’t order you, but your
-desire to go speaks highly of your courage. It is our duty, as naval
-men, to expose ourselves to danger.”
-
-“It’s bred in me, too, sir,” Langdon answered. “I served with the flag
-during my boyhood, and am ever ready to sacrifice all I have for it.”
-
-“I shall not encumber you with useless messages,” Lieutenant Wilson
-said finally to Phil as he turned to leave the gate-house and return to
-the wall; “you know the situation and can explain our fears to Captain
-Hughes.”
-
-The midshipmen and the pilot went to prepare themselves for their
-journey, while their senior ascended the wall to dispose his small
-force in order to guard all approaches and prevent a surprise. There
-would be few eyes closed in sleep that night; the gravity of the
-situation was fully impressed on even the sailors accustomed as they
-were to danger.
-
-Hastily arming themselves with a pair of revolvers each and with plenty
-of ammunition, the three volunteers again ascended the wall.
-
-The moon had set and the land about the mission was veiled in
-darkness. The men moved slowly along the wall of the compound, while
-Langdon’s keen eyes peered into the night to discover the best location
-to leave the mission. They had traversed nearly half of the wall and
-were at the far end of the compound before the pilot seemed satisfied
-that the way was clear. He put out his hand and touched Phil on the
-shoulder.
-
-“We’ll leave from here,” he whispered; “the Chinese, if they are about,
-are all in the front. See; the land is clearer; there are not so many
-graves as in the front to conceal an enemy.”
-
-Throwing themselves down on top of the wall they grasped its edge, and
-lowered themselves silently to the ground. Langdon led the way directly
-from the mission, and further into the country. The land here was but
-slightly cultivated, the ground firm and for the most part clear, so
-our travelers swung along at a lively pace.
-
-Having covered about a mile, Langdon stopped to allow his companions to
-join him.
-
-“This is the main road leading into the city,” the pilot informed them
-as they arrived at the narrow path in which the speaker was standing.
-“We’ll follow this right into the foreign concession; it’s late, past
-ten o’clock, and there’ll be no natives on the road. It’s our safest
-course.”
-
-Phil nodded in sign of assent, his eyes on the Chinese road.
-
-“A road, did you say, Langdon?” the boy asked; “it’s more like a
-bridle-path.”
-
-“It’s the only kind of road you’ll find in the Chinese Empire,” the
-pilot replied as they moved swiftly over its uneven surface; “the
-natives don’t use carriages and coaches for passengers, nor wagons to
-carry their freight, but transport their merchandise in wheelbarrows or
-on the backs of the small Tartar donkeys. In the north the Manchus have
-a rickety cart drawn by man power or by pony and there the highways are
-wider, but are even less smooth, for the natives never repair their
-roads.”
-
-They had traveled another mile when Langdon called a halt and
-cautioning silence pointed to a grove of trees ahead of them.
-
-“A village,” he answered the questioning looks of his companions;
-“we’ll leave the road and circle it. The wind is from the river, so I
-hope the dogs which inhabit these small towns will not smell us. These
-Chinese curs have a keen nose for a foreigner and if our enemy is about
-they might warn him of our presence.”
-
-As they skirted the village Sydney glanced with interest down into
-the mean and ill-smelling collection of mud-walled hovels, situated
-below the level of the surrounding country. He had heard that this
-location was chosen to protect its occupants from the blasts of the
-winter gales, and in consequence during the wet season the floods
-from the heavy and prolonged rains swept down upon them, carrying off
-bodily their insecure buildings and frequently drowning many of the
-unfortunate inhabitants.
-
-“Will the Chinese ever learn to build their villages in a common-sense
-way?” he asked the pilot.
-
-“They’ve done the same thing for twenty centuries,” Langdon answered,
-following Sydney’s gaze; “what was good enough for their ancestors is
-good enough for them, is their motto, and nothing that we can say will
-ever move them. After you’ve been here for a few years, Mr. Monroe,
-you’ll cease wondering at anything you see the Chinese do.”
-
-Suddenly the lads felt themselves grasped by the strong hands of
-Langdon and drawn down into the thick grass. The silence was broken
-by a faint sound of voices that seemed to come from directly below
-them. Langdon motioned the boys to remain where they were, and crawled
-noiselessly forward to the edge of the embankment surrounding the
-village. Phil could now hear a high-pitched nasal voice, raised
-excitedly after the Chinese fashion, with many loud and piercing
-notes. He could see Langdon ahead of him partly hidden in the grass,
-and his curiosity was aroused to know what this midnight meeting might
-foretell. Then the voices ceased and the noise of tramping feet came
-clearly to his ears. From out of the shadows, but a few yards from
-where Langdon was lying, a squad of Chinese soldiers moved off into the
-night, over the road they were traveling, toward Ku-Ling.
-
-After a few minutes had elapsed, the soldiers’ footfalls dying away
-in the distance, Langdon rose to his feet and joined the impatient
-midshipmen.
-
-“They were soldiers!” Sydney exclaimed. “We distinctly saw their
-uniforms as they entered the road.”
-
-“What were they saying? Could you hear?” Phil questioned eagerly.
-
-“One of them was the man you fought with at the gate,” Langdon
-answered; “it’s just as I supposed: there was a movement on foot to
-attack the mission if that party was successful in destroying the
-gateway. The one doing all the loud talking was ‘saving his face,’ as
-the Chinese say; he was explaining that a monster, half man and half
-bird flew down from the wall and put out the fuse as fast as he could
-light it, and that he had mortally wounded the ‘devil,’ but fear having
-entered his heart, he had run away as fast as he could, followed by his
-companions. He says that the ‘foreign devils’ can change into these
-monsters whenever they wish, and that their breath is like fire.”
-
-Phil gasped in astonishment at the ludicrous account of his battle with
-the soldier.
-
-“But his companions will not believe any such tale as that,” he cried;
-“surely they’ll know it is made up out of whole cloth?”
-
-“On the contrary,” Langdon answered, “they’ll believe it, and
-what’s more he believes it himself by this time. Doubtless he was
-so frightened that he remembers little that happened, and their
-imagination is so vivid that a Chinaman will generally believe his own
-words as they fall from his lips.”
-
-“What would have happened if they had been successful?” Phil
-questioned. “That small body of men could not have intended attacking
-us.”
-
-“No, but after the gate had been blown in it would be an easy matter
-for a few thousand Chinese to gather. There are tens of thousands of
-Chinamen in these small towns within a mile of the mission. All they
-need is a match to start them, and that was the intention of these
-soldiers.”
-
-“It looks as if it were serious,” Sydney said in an awed whisper as
-they cautiously regained the road. The soldiers were not in sight, so
-the Americans proceeded, cautiously watching for the first signs of
-their enemy on the highway ahead of them.
-
-Finally they reached the limits of the foreign concession, and it was
-after midnight before they arrived on board the “Phœnix”; but Commander
-Hughes was awake and directed that they be shown down to his cabin
-immediately.
-
-The situation was quickly explained to the naval officer by the
-messengers.
-
-The captain sat in silence for some minutes after they had finished,
-his face showing strongly the strain he was under: all the Americans
-on the river were in mortal danger, and he and his small force were
-all that stood between them and a fate far worse than death. Phil and
-Langdon anxiously watched the captain’s face as if to read the next
-move on the international chess-board, which Commander Hughes, as the
-senior among the foreign captains, was called upon to make.
-
-“Gentlemen, the news you bring me is so terrible in its possibilities,”
-the captain finally began, “that I am quite at a loss how to act. Our
-force is too small to resist an attack; we must resort to diplomacy
-with this rascally viceroy. And yet we don’t know how far-reaching the
-movement may be. If we sit idly by the natives will gain confidence,
-mistaking forbearance for cowardice, and can readily drive all
-foreigners off the river.
-
-“Mr. Perry,” the captain added, rising and ringing for his orderly, “I
-want you to take the steam launch at once and go to each of the foreign
-gunboats; request that their commanding officers come on board here to
-a meeting in a half-hour’s time. Explain to them the gravity of the
-situation.” Then turning to the waiting marine, “My compliments to the
-officer on duty, and tell him to have the steamer ready for Mr. Perry
-immediately.”
-
-Phil soon delivered his captain’s messages to the officer of the deck
-of each of the foreign gunboats and upon his return was detailed by
-Commander Hughes for the duty of secretary to the international council.
-
-Slightly nervous in the presence of so many seniors, the midshipman
-sat near his captain, pencil in hand, ready to take notes of the
-proceedings of the council.
-
-“Commander Ignacio of the ‘Albaque’ is ill,” a young foreign lieutenant
-announced as the American captain glanced at him inquiringly, “and
-begs you will receive me as his representative.”
-
-Commander Hughes bowed politely in agreement and then in a few words
-described the incident at the mission.
-
-“Before it is too late,” he added, “I believe that it is our duty to
-lay our difficulties before the viceroy, and demand that he take steps
-at once to quell this uprising. Meanwhile we should warn all foreigners
-living in the foreign concession at Ku-Ling that if our diplomacy
-fails they must be ready to take refuge on board the gunboats. We
-must deal with the situation fearlessly, for only in that way can we
-expect success. Chang-Li-Hun must be made to see the seriousness of his
-inactivity.”
-
-To this clear proposal all agreed and Commander Hughes was chosen by
-acclamation to lead the embassy on the morrow to the viceroy’s yamen.
-Two other commanders were selected, and then with many expressions for
-success the council adjourned.
-
-“I have my doubts of the utility of a conference with the viceroy,”
-Langdon told the lads the next morning at the breakfast table. “He’s a
-tricky Chinaman and generally has his own way.
-
-“Well, we shall soon see,” he ended as an orderly appeared to summon
-him and Phil to be ready within fifteen minutes to accompany their
-captain on the mission to the high Chinese mandarin.
-
-A half hour later a bright array of uniformed officers landed on the
-jetty; there were three of the gunboat captains and their aides, all in
-full dress uniform, which is prescribed for an official visit upon a
-viceroy.
-
-A line of green sedan chairs, the color portraying to the curious
-throngs that their occupants were of the first rank in official
-parlance, wended its way in single file through the guarded gates into
-the stench of the crowded, walled city. Each chair was carried on the
-muscular shoulders of four coolies, and at almost a dog’s trot, they
-bore their burdens over the narrow, crooked streets.
-
-Phil gazed excitedly upon the thousands of inquisitive natives,
-crowding so near the foreigners that the pungent odor of their bodies
-came distinctly to his nostrils; their ignorant faces at such close
-range appalled him. The chair coolies cried out hoarsely, jostling the
-multitude to prevent being trodden under foot by the persistent rabble.
-
-The embassy had covered but half the distance to the yamen when it was
-wedged tightly against a heaving mass of excited yellow bodies. Phil
-saw the faces of the crowd darken with a superstitious loathing; he
-seemed to read in their cruel eyes an awakening to the knowledge of
-their power, and the helpless plight of the despised “foreign devils”.
-The multitude pressed ever closer; reaching out their claw-like talons
-to touch the gold-embroidered uniforms of the naval officers. The lad
-cast a swift glance at Langdon next him; he felt confident he would
-read in his face the extent of the danger threatening them. The pilot
-was shouting unintelligible words to his chair coolies; the while his
-face was black with passion.
-
-The coolies refused stolidly to budge, and by sign threatened to
-put down the chairs upon the ground; all the while jabbering and
-gesticulating wildly to each other and to the mob, which appeared on
-the point of engulfing the foreigners in its noisome embrace.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER V
-
-THE VICEROY’S TREACHERY
-
-
-The gaping crowd pressed ever closer. Phil could feel the fetid breath
-of those nearest him; he saw a big Chinaman emerge from the dense
-throng and push his way to Langdon’s chair; the lad would have cried
-out a warning, but all happened with such lightning-like swiftness that
-he had not found his voice before the bold Chinaman had released his
-hold upon the pilot’s coat, and had fallen back into the arms of his
-countrymen nearest him, a deep red stain upon his closely shaved head,
-while Langdon waved menacingly his Colt revolver, the blunt butt of
-which had successfully cowed the would-be leader.
-
-Fortunately for the foreigners, a troop of mounted soldiers arrived
-on the scene at this juncture and brutally cleared the way, trampling
-under their horses’ feet the nearest of the mob, chained as they were
-by the mass of humanity behind them. Presently the chairs were again
-in motion; the soldiers now keeping the crowd in check, and in a few
-minutes more the embassy arrived in front of the yamen, the official
-residence of the viceroy. The heavy, grotesquely painted doors were
-quickly opened, and closed sharply in the faces of the unruly crowd.
-
-The naval men alighted from their chairs, well satisfied to have
-escaped so easily from a disagreeable situation; but the pilot was not
-so well pleased.
-
-“We’re in for it, I fear,” he confided to Phil; “that was another
-insult. The viceroy knew we were coming and he doubtless planned
-that we should be mobbed, holding his soldiers back to give us a few
-unpleasant minutes.”
-
-“What would that Chinaman have done to you?” Phil asked gravely.
-
-“It was an act of bravado,” Langdon answered smilingly, the picture of
-the discomfited man in his mind; “but if he had succeeded in pulling me
-from the chair it would have been serious; a leader is all these people
-need.”
-
-“Pretty tight squeak, eh, Langdon?” Commander Hughes asked while they
-waited for the summons to approach the audience-chamber.
-
-“It looked bad for a time, sir,” the pilot replied; “if some one had
-thrown a stone, we’d have been mobbed then and there, and the soldiers
-would have been powerless to save us. Not in my ten years among these
-people have I seen such a menacing mob. We must deal boldly with the
-viceroy, sir, or else we’ll not get out of the city alive.”
-
-“Is it really as bad as that?” the captain asked anxiously.
-
-“Yes, sir,” Langdon answered earnestly, lowering his voice so as not to
-be heard by any save the captain; “they were in an ugly mood, and if I
-am not mistaken they were acting under orders from the yamen; otherwise
-the rabble wouldn’t have dared molest us. If we don’t keep our feet on
-their necks, they’ll make short work of every foreigner in the Yangtse
-Valley.”
-
-After a few minutes more of waiting the inner doors were thrown open
-and the naval men were ushered into the second courtyard, and then
-through more doors to the council-chamber of the viceroy. Here they
-found Chang-Li-Hun and his advisers ready to receive them.
-
-Commander Hughes advanced toward the viceroy and bowed ceremoniously;
-the ancient Chinaman clasped his hands in front of him and murmured a
-few monosyllables in his own language, after which all were seated.
-Phil found his place between Langdon and a Chinaman, while Commander
-Hughes sat at the viceroy’s left, the seat of honor in the dragon
-kingdom.
-
-The silence was undisturbed for several minutes, during which time the
-lad gazed covertly about him. He noticed the sphinx-like face of the
-high mandarin, whose power was as far-reaching as even the empress
-dowager’s, to whom he acknowledged allegiance but gave it grudgingly.
-This wizened old man had the power of life and death over nearly twenty
-million human beings. If he so willed, he could order any of his
-subjects to be brought to the execution grounds and chop their heads
-off with as little feeling as one would have in beheading a chicken.
-The midshipman’s eyes traveled in turn over each face of the viceroy’s
-advisers, men of great promise in the empire; they represented the
-enlightened few governing with iron rods a people who are yet stifled
-in the superstitions and customs of medieval times. Through the open
-door, the lad caught a glimpse of Chinese guards; their blue tunics
-similar to the one he had stripped from the back of the Chinaman at the
-mission gate.
-
-Finally the silence was broken by the high-pitched voice of the aged
-viceroy in his own staccato language. Phil believed he could read both
-anger and contempt in the tones of the mandarin’s voice.
-
-After he had spoken there was a moment’s silence, then a voice was
-raised in perfect English. Phil gasped in surprise as he beheld the
-speaker; a Chinaman seated on the right hand of the viceroy. There was
-not a trace of the accent which he had believed was habitual with every
-Chinaman who learns the English tongue.
-
-“His Excellency, Chang-Li-Hun, thanks the high naval commanders for
-the honor of this visit and desires to hear their requests,” the
-interpreting Chinaman announced.
-
-“Give our compliments to his Excellency,” replied Commander Hughes
-without a second’s hesitation, “and say that the time has long passed
-for requests. We come now to demand that our countrymen be protected,
-in accordance with the sacred word of China given by treaty.”
-
-The interpreter’s face was a study; the American’s words were evidently
-unexpected; he glanced uneasily at the viceroy as if fearing the storm
-which he knew would break forth when the sharp words were translated
-into his guttural tongue. After a few moments of thought, during
-which time the old mandarin blinked his watery eyes expectantly
-the interpreter spoke, hesitatingly and as one who is not sure of
-his ground; but instead of the burst of rage which Phil felt was
-inevitable, the old statesman nodded his head in assent.
-
-The lad saw Langdon rise to his feet and speak in an undertone to
-Commander Hughes; then the Chinese mandarins grasped the arms of their
-heavily carved chairs with indignation and horror while the pilot’s
-voice in their own tongue rang out loudly, in direct address to the
-viceroy. Then he turned to his captain and explained his action.
-
-“The interpreter did not give the viceroy your words, sir,” he said,
-his voice quivering with emotion. “I thought it best that he should
-know.”
-
-The parchment-like features of the aged mandarin were stamped with
-hatred as he snapped out his reply to his attentive interpreter.
-
-“His Excellency is much disappointed at the unfriendly attitude of
-the foreigners,” the Chinaman announced after the viceroy had ceased
-speaking, “and is grieved to hear their harsh language.”
-
-Again Langdon’s voice was raised above the silence which followed the
-placid words of the interpreter: but this time in English.
-
-“Those were not the viceroy’s words,” he exclaimed turning toward
-Commander Hughes but glowering at the discomfited interpreter; “his
-answer was a threat against our lives.”
-
-Commander Hughes was on his feet instantly, his face pale with anger.
-
-“Langdon,” he cried, “tell the viceroy that our meeting is ended; that
-we came to demand punishment for those of his countrymen who attempted
-to injure our mission on the hill back of the city, but as he refuses
-to keep to his country’s treaty, we shall be forced to resort to arms
-to protect our own people.”
-
-Langdon promptly translated Commander Hughes’ words to the viceroy,
-sitting craftily observing the incensed foreigners.
-
-Chang-Li-Hun was too clever a diplomat to show his hand was against the
-foreigners; he must appear to aid them in their endeavors to protect
-their countrymen, and by the art understood best by the Oriental he
-would make these naval men “lose face” in the Chinese eyes, and thereby
-show his people that the vainglorious boasting foreigners were but
-human, and could suffer and die as easily as those of their own race.
-
-A few guttural words escaped from the lips of the aged mandarin, which
-Langdon translated at once, not waiting for the unreliable interpreter.
-
-“The viceroy begs you will again be seated; he says he knows nothing
-of the acts against the mission.”
-
-“Tell him, then, Langdon,” the American captain ordered, while the
-members of the embassy reluctantly took their seats; “and give it
-to him as strong as you can,” he continued his wrath but slightly
-mollified.
-
-This was all too pleasant a task for the pilot, whose knowledge of
-Chinese officialdom had not left him with much respect for their
-roundabout methods. He went straight to the point, addressing the
-viceroy directly, while the latter appeared to listen eagerly.
-
-After the pilot had stopped speaking and had reseated himself at
-Commander Hughes’ side, the viceroy drew his interpreter aside, and in
-a voice so low pitched that Langdon could not hear a word, conversed
-with him earnestly for many minutes; then the interpreter arose and
-hurriedly left the council-chamber.
-
-The embassy sat in silence, wondering what would be the next move of
-this adroit diplomat. Phil’s nerves were atingle with expectancy; the
-dangers of their position within a hostile city, and in the grasp of
-an avowed enemy, gave his young and untamed spirit high hopes for
-excitement. How he wished for Sydney that he might share whatever was
-in store for the embassy before it again reached the safety of its
-steel broadsides!
-
-The naval men had not long to wait before the inner gates of the yamen
-were thrown open and a battalion of soldiers filed into the courtyard,
-outside the audience-chamber. Another moment, and the light screens
-forming the sides of the council-chamber were removed and the embassy
-looked fairly out upon this martial display.
-
-The soldiers were quickly formed into a hollow square between the
-embassy and the outer gates, which then were likewise opened and a
-seething mob of excited, riotous Chinamen poured through, filling up
-the courtyard beyond.
-
-“What’s the meaning of this?” the American commander exclaimed in
-sudden alarm; but before Langdon could disclaim his knowledge of
-what was about to happen, a part of the square opened and a number
-of tightly-bound prisoners were dragged to the middle of the
-courtyard directly in front of the viceroy. As they approached, Phil
-unconsciously turned away his head to shut out the pitiful spectacle;
-the prisoners were cruelly shackled together in a manner practiced only
-by the Chinese.
-
-After the lad had gained control of his feelings and once more glanced
-toward the prisoners, the viceroy was speaking, while the pilot
-listened intently; the mob beyond was silent, gazing with evident
-enjoyment at the terror-stricken prisoners before the viceroy.
-
-“His Excellency says that he has just discovered that these men were
-arrested last night by his guards with contraband concealed upon their
-persons, and when tortured confessed to having attempted to blow in
-the gates of the American mission, and that he will punish them in our
-presence as a warning to his people,” Langdon announced loudly, then
-lowering his voice, he whispered hurriedly to Commander Hughes: “I
-don’t like the looks of it, sir; a moment ago he knew nothing of it,
-and now he claims to have the culprits; it seems strange.”
-
-“Hold!” cried Commander Hughes, starting to his feet; “we must have
-proof that these are the right men; we want no useless executions.” For
-he knew only too well that this form of punishment was the one dear to
-the Chinese heart, and he could read upon the faces of the crowd that
-it was waiting joyfully to see these human heads severed from their
-bodies and doubtless had been promised this stirring sport.
-
-Langdon translated his captain’s wish hastily to the viceroy, but the
-mandarin turned a deaf ear, raising his thin, veined hand with its
-claw-like nails as a sign to proceed with the gruesome work.
-
-A muscular Chinaman, naked save for a loin cloth, stepped from the
-ranks of the soldiers brandishing a sharp curved sword, and moved
-quickly to the side of the kneeling prisoners. Commander Hughes and his
-colleagues started precipitately toward him as if to prevent him from
-carrying out his murderous intentions.
-
-Phil saw the bright blade circle above the head of a terrified prisoner
-and then descend. He closed his eyes in horror to shut out the
-appalling sight.
-
-A report of a pistol shot rang out deafeningly, and he opened his eyes
-to a view of Langdon with a smoking revolver in his hand, while the
-executioner lay on the sand beside his victim.
-
-[Illustration: _A PISTOL SHOT RANG OUT_]
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VI
-
-DIPLOMACY FAILS
-
-
-“I guessed as much!” the pilot cried out, striding forward; the guards
-timidly giving way before his menacing revolver. “These men are
-Christian converts; it’s but a trick to make us lose face before this
-rabble.”
-
-He reached the side of the prisoners and raised one to his feet. Phil
-watched with fascinated gaze as Langdon dragged forward excitedly
-the chained and terrified men who had been plucked from death by the
-timely and unerring shot of the American; there was something strangely
-familiar in the ashen features of one of them.
-
-“This man is a mess attendant from the ‘Phœnix!’” Langdon exclaimed,
-pointing to the nearer of the two prisoners; “the trick was to execute
-them before our eyes before we could interfere.”
-
-Both Commander Hughes and Phil saw at once that the pilot was right;
-there was the ward-room servant who had been missing since the day of
-the gunboat’s arrival; he was a Chinaman from a distant province and
-unable to speak the local dialect, and in consequence had been singled
-out as a victim by the scheming officials.
-
-The midshipman feared that all was lost; he could see no avenue of
-escape; the viceroy’s attitude was certainly hostile, and how could
-they, a mere handful of officers armed with only their revolvers, hope
-to cope with the soldiers of the yamen, to say nothing of the hundreds
-of thousands of fanatics inside the walled city? A single wave of that
-treacherous hand would condemn them to a fate from which his soul
-revolted; he had heard of the terrible deaths meted out to foreigners
-by these semi-barbarians. The lad glanced anxiously at his companions;
-he saw in their faces that they were determined to sell their lives as
-dearly as possible, but the unequal struggle could have but one ending.
-
-The naval men were standing together near the table; every eye was
-upon the aged mandarin, sitting calmly, and to outward appearances, no
-more concerned than if he were witnessing a play on the yamen stage;
-Langdon remained beside the prisoners, and not far from the soldiers
-stolidly waiting orders from their high chief.
-
-The situation was impressive and one to unnerve the stoutest heart; a
-false move, an ill-judged word, and those hundreds of modern rifles
-might be turned against the defenseless officers. Phil knew that
-nearly two thousand sailors were under arms on board the war-ships,
-ready to be landed if the embassy had not returned to the jetty by
-eleven o’clock; it was now ten-thirty by the great clock in the
-council-chamber; but before the half hour had passed all would be
-decided and the landing force would not be necessary. The midshipman
-knew that Commander Hughes would not retract a single word uttered in
-the conference, and that he would presently give out his ultimatum to
-the viceroy, which would either be accepted or else more foreign blood
-would be laid at the door of this cruel official, Chang-Li-Hun.
-
-“Be careful, Langdon,” Commander Hughes said in a low voice, in which
-no emotion was evident, although Phil could see the involuntary
-twitching of his lips; “don’t throw a match into the magazine. Tell him
-quietly that we have seen through his treachery and wish safe conduct
-through his city back to our vessels; and insist that these prisoners
-accompany us.”
-
-Phil shook with excitement as the pilot steadied himself to give his
-captain’s words to the viceroy; he understood thoroughly that this was
-the only course open to the American commander if he wished to save
-the hundreds of foreigners in the province from the insults and scorn
-of the Chinese expulsionists, even though the result to him and his
-colleagues was death. The lad’s mind dwelt for the fraction of a second
-upon the terrible revenge that would be visited upon those responsible
-for the killing of the members of the embassy; he thought of Canton and
-Peking, and how the despised foreign soldiers had, with fire and sword,
-brought home to the defilers of the sacred rights of ambassadors the
-terrible consequences of their guilt; yet there was scant encouragement
-for him in such recollections.
-
-Langdon had given his captain’s ultimatum in a calm voice from which
-all passion had been expunged, and now all waited with breath abated
-for the words of the wizened old man, in whose hands the fate of so
-many lives rested.
-
-The viceroy at length stirred uneasily in his chair and turning to one
-of his ministers uttered a few low gutturals. The spell was broken; a
-harsh command rang out, and instantly the soldiers faced about, forcing
-with set bayonets the disappointed populace through the outer gates,
-which swung shut with a loud rattle behind them. Then the military,
-gathering up the two lifeless bodies, sacrifices to the humor of a
-viceroy, melted away in all directions, leaving the embassy once more
-alone with the yamen officials.
-
-The viceroy raised his teacup to his lips, a signal that the visit
-was at an end, and then rising slowly, he bowed coldly, and attended
-by his ministers withdrew from the room. In a few minutes the chairs
-were brought and the embassy were only too glad to be gone from this
-nerve-racking and fruitless council.
-
-Langdon, with his usual energy, saw the liberated prisoners seated in
-chairs in the midst of those of the foreigners and near his own, and
-then stepped to the captain’s side to report that all was ready to
-proceed.
-
-“I don’t think we shall be molested,” he said hopefully; “it seems
-plain that the viceroy will do nothing to stop the uprising, but it
-appears he is afraid to openly defy you.” Then he raised his voice
-admiringly: “Do you know, captain, that you’re the very first foreigner
-to make Chang-Li-Hun lose face, and before a crowd of his own people
-whom he had deliberately collected to witness your own discomfiture.
-You gave us all a close call in doing it, sir; I could hardly believe
-my ears when I heard you tell me to shoot the executioner, but there
-wasn’t time to allow you to repeat it.”
-
-The return to the jetty was well and safely guarded by hundreds of
-well-armed soldiers and the crowds were handled so easily that the
-foreigners could readily see that the episode of the morning was
-prepared for them by the yamen officials. Commander Hughes realized
-that the visit to the viceroy had given ample proof that whatever
-injury was done to foreigners by the natives of the province could be
-charged to the stand taken by the viceroy; and with this official
-backing the hostile movement would spread to insurmountable proportions.
-
-“Why the viceroy permitted us to take those Chinese prisoners I can’t
-understand,” the pilot exclaimed to Phil, a half hour having passed
-since the return of the embassy.
-
-Phil was silent, but intensely interested. He had just seen the foreign
-captains file into the cabin, unsummoned, eager to hear the result of
-the mission to the viceroy.
-
-“The two prisoners came to me immediately we got back to the ship,”
-Langdon continued excitedly, “and told me of an attack to be made
-to-night on the Inland Mission. They claim to have secured this
-information from the Chinaman who was beheaded before our eyes; he was
-a northern Chinaman, but could speak the local dialect. The soldiers,
-knowing these men were to die, did not take the trouble to conceal
-their plans. It seems that an army of outlaws have taken Lien-Chow for
-their headquarters; it is a small town about seven miles from here on
-the To-Yan Lake, and they intend to move in a body upon the mission.
-These malcontents have been guaranteed aid from the viceroy, and if
-the mission is captured, they hope to gather enough reënforcement to
-allow them to march against the forts, and the result would be their
-capture, for the soldiers there would not fire a shot against their own
-countrymen. The guns of the forts will then be turned upon us and our
-escape down the river will be cut off, for these vessels cannot face
-heavy ordnance.”
-
-“But why,” exclaimed Phil, after the pilot had finished, “should they
-attack a guarded mission when there are so many others scattered over
-the country undefended?”
-
-“It seems to show,” returned Langdon, “that the viceroy is directing
-the movement. To attack and massacre the inmates of an unguarded
-mission could readily be attributed to an uncontrolled mob and would
-be a subject for conference and indemnity; but an attack on a defended
-mission, and by soldiers in uniform, will show the Chinese that the war
-is between the representatives of the foreign governments and their
-own, and being successful will stir the whole population of this part
-of China to rise and drive out all foreigners. I believe to-night
-will be one of blood for foreigners in China, if those away from the
-protection of our river gunboats have not already paid the penalty of
-their trusting natures.”
-
-“We must not delay an instant in taking this information to the
-captain,” Phil declared excitedly, the contemplated movement of the
-expulsionists with its possible results flashing through his mind.
-
-The foreign gunboat captains were gathered about the cabin table when
-Langdon and Phil were announced by the orderly, and all listened
-intently while the pilot gave hurriedly the story brought by the two
-Chinese refugees.
-
-A buzz of eager conversation and questions ensued as Langdon finished.
-Each of the captains had his own plans to advance, but Commander
-Hughes, as the senior, was the first to be heard. He arose, his face
-grave, and at once the room was hushed; all recognized and respected
-his understanding and fertility of resource.
-
-“We must acknowledge a failure in our diplomatic mission to the
-viceroy,” he began, weighing each word carefully; “the cable being
-in the hands of the Chinese officials, we are for the present cut
-off from instructions from our respective governments. We have here
-every available vessel on the river, except those necessary for the
-protection of the missions farther up the country; the state of the
-river at present will not admit of the battle-ships coming to our aid,
-and the two monitors of my government are by last accounts as yet in
-the Philippines. We must act here and now; there is no time for calm
-and deliberate judgment; our decision must be made quickly, and our
-act must be as prompt, if we are to be in time to prevent a general
-massacre of foreigners.”
-
-The speaker stopped and glanced earnestly at the faces of his
-colleagues; each recognized full well the delicacy of the position.
-Would their respective governments sanction their acts, or would they
-find themselves disgraced and relieved of their commands, for not
-having followed a course of procedure decided upon by their sovereigns
-at a great distance from the scene of disturbance and in the light of
-events which had not as yet transpired?
-
-“My government,” Commander Hughes resumed, “is one of the most
-conservative of those represented here; it has ever been against
-striking the first blow. But there has now come a time when humanity
-calls for other and more drastic measures. You have just heard from
-the lips of one who knows these people far better than we that these
-fanatics aided by the viceroy intend attacking a mission guarded by
-American sailors.”
-
-Commander Hughes as he spoke spread out a chart upon the table before
-him, beckoning Langdon at the same time to his side.
-
-“If we remain anchored here the guns of the forts, if hostile, will
-soon drive us from the city,” he began again, his eyes on the chart.
-“Before we strike a blow we must first embark all foreigners from the
-concession and change our anchorage to one beyond the range of the
-forts. With this startling news from the Chinese prisoners, coupled
-with the attempt last night to blow up the gates of the mission, the
-intention of the Chinese is no longer a matter of conjecture. We have
-now to face a condition. This mission, guarded by sailors from my own
-ship, is in imminent peril and must be relieved at once. Every moment
-is precious. The means only should now be considered by us. I have two
-plans in mind: the first one is to move farther up the river to a point
-abreast the mission,” placing his finger on the chart; “from the river
-it is but three miles to the mission, and we can easily land a force
-after dark and march across to its relief.”
-
-As the captain finished he glanced inquiringly at the pilot.
-
-“That would be very difficult, sir,” Langdon said quickly, reading
-the question in his captain’s eyes. “True, from there the distance
-is short, but we shall have to cross a wide and deep irrigation
-ditch. This canal is nearly fifty feet in depth and its sides are
-perpendicular.”
-
-“Are there no bridges?” inquired a foreign officer anxiously.
-
-“There are several bamboo bridges,” Langdon answered, “but they are
-narrow and frail. Probably even now they have been destroyed.”
-
-“Then we must adopt my second plan,” the American commander declared
-stoutly. “We have but two thousand men available for landing, which
-depletes our ships to an alarming extent, anchored as they are under
-the guns of the batteries; if we wait until the mission is attacked
-and then land to the rescue, we might find ourselves at a great
-disadvantage against the many thousands of well-armed enemies; besides,
-in our absence it might prove too great a temptation for the men of
-the forts to open fire on our ships, thus cutting us off from our own
-vessels. Lien-Chow, where the Chinese fanatics are massing, is from
-here seven miles by land and sixteen by water; the rebels will not
-leave the cover of their city before dark.
-
-“My recommendation is therefore to get under way at once from this
-anchorage, taking with us all foreigners who wish to leave the foreign
-concession, and then steam by the forts and into the To-Yan Lake.
-Immediately upon our arrival off Lien-Chow I propose to land and
-fearlessly attack the rebels in their headquarters. In routing them we
-shall either break the back of the uprising, or else make it incumbent
-upon the mandarins, the real offenders, to devise other plans for
-encouraging this movement against the lives of the Europeans.
-
-“Are you with me, gentlemen?”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VII
-
-DISSENSIONS
-
-
-Commander Hughes’ plans were agreed upon, though not until after much
-opposition by the other members of the council, and word was at once
-despatched to the foreign merchants and consuls ashore to close their
-stores and houses and seek protection on board the gunboats of their
-respective nationalities.
-
-Inside of three hours all preparations were completed and the
-international fleet weighed anchor and, in column, the “Phœnix”
-leading, steamed boldly down the river.
-
-Langdon had gone to the gunboat’s bridge to pilot the fleet through
-the narrow and dangerous channel leading into the shallow waters of
-the To-Yan Lake, leaving Phil and Sydney at their guns, aft on the
-quarter-deck of the vessel; for all the gunboats had cleared for action
-to be prepared in case the Chinese should precipitate hostilities.
-While the fleet was getting its anchors up from the bottom of the
-muddy river, they gazed with rising pulse at the unusual activity
-inside the Chinese batteries; they could see groups of blue-clad
-soldiers surrounding the big guns in their rocky emplacements. Would
-the forts open fire upon the allied fleet as it steamed past?
-
-The midshipmen knew that if one shot was fired from that impregnable
-fortress at the miniature battle-ships the sound would travel around
-the world. It would mean war! The forts belonged to the Chinese
-government and were manned by her soldiers; no idle excuse would be
-accepted by the nations insulted.
-
-“These ships wouldn’t stand a ghost of a chance against those guns,”
-Sydney exclaimed nervously as he joined Phil on his side of the deck.
-The sailors stood silently at their batteries, each gun loaded with
-high explosive shell and ready to hurl its charge at the enemy at close
-range if it should suddenly declare war.
-
-“It’s pretty short range,” Phil declared, “and our gun pointers could
-send every shell through those rock gun ports. A fleet of our gunboats
-would drive the Chinese gunners from their guns.”
-
-“One Chinese shell, though, would sink us,” Sydney returned, intent
-upon gaining his point. “However, let them go ahead. Those rascals will
-find the ‘Phœnix’ will give them a surprise-party.”
-
-“The monitors are what we need,” Phil exclaimed, “but they are over a
-thousand miles away, broiling in the heat of Manila. With the monitors
-here the forts could be silenced and captured by the fleet.”
-
-The long column of moving gunboats was now stretched along the river
-from Ku-Ling to the southward. The leader had now safely passed the
-forts and its bow was directed down the river for the entrance of the
-To-Yan Lake, a good six miles distant.
-
-It was with a feeling of relief that the midshipmen saw the last
-gunboat in column, following the “Phœnix’s” lead, pass out of range
-of the fort’s guns. It showed that China, as a nation, had not as yet
-openly challenged the world to battle; but if those in the forts had
-known of the avowed intentions of the fleet might they not have acted
-differently?
-
-Under the skilful direction of Langdon, the Yangtse River pilot, the
-allied fleet steamed to the southward, leaving on its starboard hand
-the high bluff point of land below the city, upon which, fortunately,
-the Chinese had not as yet mounted protecting batteries, and then
-entered the shallow waters of the forbidden lake. From this point the
-channel led away from the course of the river and to the westward
-behind the city of Ku-Ling.
-
-“Do you see Commander Hughes’ plan?” Phil exclaimed excitedly. He
-took a piece of paper from his pocket, and drew a hasty map of their
-surroundings. “Here’s the river, and here,” he said, “is the lake,
-which we are entering. Lien-Chow, you see, is ahead of us,” and he
-pointed to a dull color of blue that raised itself slowly from the
-muddy waters of the lake. “It’s in the rear of the fort guns, you
-notice, and our ships will be safely anchored while we are relieving
-those in the mission, which lies over there.”
-
-“Yes,” answered Sydney; “but if we succeed in repulsing the rebels at
-Lien-Chow and rescuing the mission,” he went on doubtfully, “what shall
-we do next? We shall be cut off from Ku-Ling. The forts will never let
-us pass freely again.”
-
-Phil put his sketch in his pocket. He wanted to complete it later and
-send it home in his next letter. “Well,” he declared, “we can’t worry
-over that now. The rescue of those in the mission, you see, is our most
-important duty. The future must take care of itself.”
-
-It was shortly after two o’clock in the afternoon, when the long
-line of vessels dropped anchor off the town of Lien-Chow; and almost
-immediately the gunboats had lowered their small boats and were
-embarking their sailors. Phil found himself in the steam launch with
-Commander Hughes and Langdon; the former had been chosen to command the
-expedition, and the lad thanked his good fortune for his assignment as
-aid.
-
-The long line of boats, laden with armed bluejackets, rowed swiftly
-toward the not distant shore of the bay, while two of the gunboats,
-remaining under way when the fleet anchored, took up their stations
-where they could shell the enemy if the landing was opposed.
-
-[Illustration: _PHIL’S COMPLETED MAP_]
-
-The midshipman stood beside Commander Hughes, whose keen eyes were
-directed toward the Chinese town, in which direction the launch was
-heading. Phil could not discern even a trace of nervousness in his
-captain’s face, yet upon the success of this bold attempt to coerce
-the Chinese mandarins his future career in the navy rested. Langdon’s
-eyes were searching the approaching shore-line for signs of the enemy.
-He hastily took the spyglass from Phil’s hand and leveled it in the
-direction of a grove of trees to the right of the middle of the town.
-
-“It’s a piece of artillery,” the pilot exclaimed, pointing with his
-glass toward the grove.
-
-Commander Hughes leveled his field-glass and gazed for a few seconds in
-the direction indicated.
-
-He had framed an answer, but it remained unspoken. A puff of brown
-smoke darted from a bright flash amidst the trees, and the screech of
-a shell came loudly to the ears of the advancing foreigners, while a
-column of water rose suddenly in the air scarce fifty yards short of
-the line of boats.
-
-The two watchful gunboats, from the flanks, opened fire with their
-broadsides, and in a second the grove was blotted from sight by scores
-of explosions.
-
-“That relieves us of the stigma of firing the first shot,” Commander
-Hughes exclaimed gladly; “but I had hoped not to have to fire at all.
-My prayer was that the rebels would disperse at this show of force.”
-
-The boats had not covered another hundred yards when the town broke
-forth, in its entire length, with a hail of rifle shots; the distance
-was too great to see the flashes and hear distinctly the discharges,
-but the water in front and around the boats was cut to foam by the
-hissing missiles. As the boats drew nearer, the rattle of musketry
-came sharply to Phil’s ears, while he heard again the wailing bullets
-speeding by him. The attacking sailors were silent, but the flank
-gunboats poured a storm of shell into the town.
-
-Phil glanced admiringly at his captain; the latter was strikingly cool
-in face of the stubborn resistance with which he had not reckoned; he
-had believed that the rebels were but an unorganized mob and could
-easily be intimidated by the allied forces; but instead he now saw that
-the enemy was in force and well intrenched, while the screech of shell
-and explosion of shrapnel above the sailors’ heads bore witness that
-these Chinese outlaws were well supplied with modern ordnance.
-
-A few boats in the long line wavered and held back, but the majority
-kept steadily on, followed in but a few seconds by those less brave.
-
-“When we ground,” Commander Hughes commanded, “you go to the right,
-Perry, and you, Langdon, to the left: tell the officers to advance at
-double time straight upon the intrenchments. We dare not stop now;
-given the slightest encouragement, the Chinese could repulse us.”
-
-Phil felt the launch tremble, and then a grating sound told him the
-boat had reached as near the shore as its draft would allow. Without
-hesitation, he jumped waist-deep into the water and waded to the shore,
-a scant hundred yards away. He saw his two companions follow his lead,
-then he started away at top speed up the beach amidst a perfect storm
-of bullets, giving to the leader of each detachment as he passed the
-commands of his captain.
-
-“Form a skirmish line and advance on the double,” he shouted to boat
-after boat as their keels grated on the sandy shore; then reaching the
-last boat, he quickly turned and raced back to join his captain.
-
-Running to seaward of the advancing sailors, he had covered but a
-short distance when he found himself among a company of demoralized
-foreigners; their swarthy faces were ashen from terror. The midshipman
-at once saw the danger in this panic; already had it begun to spread to
-left and right; the companies nearest the one in disorder had halted
-and the sailors were glancing back uncertainly and with increasing
-uneasiness. A general stampede was not far distant. The leader of this
-shameless company appeared to be wild-eyed with terror. He seemed
-powerless to stop the threatened rush for the boats. The lad stood
-transfixed with horror. If the infection spread a panic would be the
-natural consequence, bringing certain defeat to the allied arms and
-leaving the mission helpless to the mercy of the cruel enemy. Without
-a second’s hesitation Phil raced up to the fleeing officer. Whirling
-him about to face the enemy, the lad cried out in sudden astonishment
-and misgiving, as he came face to face with the man who had so grossly
-insulted him in the bank at Ku-Ling.
-
-Phil was conscious of a look of bitter hatred on the stranger’s swarthy
-face, but there was no time to consider aught save the danger of a
-panic and the defeat to his captain’s plans.
-
-“Would you have us all massacred? Don’t you see that these Chinese will
-run from you if you will only turn and charge as you were told?” the
-lad cried desperately, menacingly emphasizing his words with his loaded
-revolver. Then lowering his voice, he added in flinty tones for only
-the officer’s ear: “Now run straight as you’re heading; if you turn
-back I’ll blow a hole through you!”
-
-The foreign officer felt the muzzle of Phil’s revolver prodding between
-his shoulder-blades, close to his heart, and read the determination in
-the American’s voice.
-
-“Encourage your men to follow us,” the midshipman cried as the officer
-moved forward uncertainly.
-
-“Forward! Charge!” the officer ordered in a voice becoming bolder with
-excitement as he saw there was nothing left him but to obey.
-
-The startled sailors recoiled in surprise, muttering incoherently to
-themselves, and then seeing their officer advance on a trot toward
-the enemy’s trenches, they turned, at first fearfully, then gaining
-courage, impetuously, and charged straight toward the source of the
-leaden stream.
-
-A quarter of an hour later, Phil stood beside Commander Hughes in the
-trenches of the enemy, while the victorious sailors were following
-doggedly the retreating rebels. Langdon stood close by guarding a
-prisoner; within the pilot’s huge fist was clutched the Chinaman’s
-snake-like cue, while he eagerly questioned the terrified man in
-Chinese. The others waited impatiently to hear what intelligence could
-be extracted from the much frightened Oriental.
-
-“I impressed upon him that if he did not tell me the truth that I would
-kill him,” the pilot exclaimed hurriedly; “he sticks to his story that
-to-night they are going to attack the big mission on the graveyard
-hills.”
-
-“We’ve but half succeeded,” Commander Hughes exclaimed, the lines in
-his face growing deeper from anxiety. “We’ve scattered the outlaws here
-with heavy loss,” the dead bodies almost filling the deep trenches
-speaking eloquently that fact, “but we must push forward at once to
-relieve our mission. I cannot sleep another night until those innocent
-non-combatants have been rescued. My men are even secondary,” he added
-forcefully; “it is their duty and privilege to die in the cause of
-humanity.”
-
-“We cannot hope to succeed without opposition,” Langdon said; “but
-before the news of our fight here arouses the viceroy to action against
-us, we should relieve the mission, bringing everybody here where we
-can protect them. It is but a two-hour march and is but the natural
-sequence to the attack we have made.”
-
-“Quite so,” Commander Hughes agreed hopefully. “Langdon,” he added in
-a sad voice, “you don’t know what it is to rule a dozen different
-nationalities. It is a wonder we can accomplish anything.” Then he
-turned to Phil, who had listened eagerly, his young face full of
-concern. “Recall the sailors,” he ordered.
-
-After the men had been ordered back from their excited pursuit of the
-fleeing Chinese and had fallen into military order in rear of the
-captured trenches, the American commander gathered the senior officers
-of each nationality about him to urge upon them the necessity of prompt
-action to relieve the threatened mission.
-
-Phil started, the hot blood suffusing his face, as he saw with sinking
-heart the rank of the foreigner whom he had humiliated before his own
-men. Three heavy gold stripes on the officer’s sleeve told him the rank
-was that of commander, equal to that of his own captain. This cowardly
-officer was then in command of one of the foreign gunboats, but why
-had he not seen him before at the councils of the allies on board the
-“Phœnix”? Was this Captain Ignacio of the “Albaque,” who had each time
-pleaded sickness and sent a young officer to represent him?
-
-Further speculation upon this perplexing situation was cut short by
-Commander Hughes’ forceful talk to the allies. All listened intently;
-the well-modulated, clear voice of the American held his listeners
-spellbound with attention, but many of the foreigners showed in their
-faces only too plainly that they already feared the displeasure of
-their governments for having followed the lead of this strenuous
-American commander. Was it not an American mission, guarded by American
-sailors? Then why should not the Americans rescue their own people?
-The officer who had felt the cold chill of Phil’s revolver was loudest
-in his condemnation of further attacks; his arguments were so cleverly
-worded that he soon won over to his side the timid ones. The British
-captain alone stood by the American in his endeavors to persuade his
-brother captains that their one chance of helping the missionaries was
-to vigorously pursue the advantage already gained.
-
-“We’ve not forgotten Tatnall’s ‘Blood is thicker than water,’” the
-British commander exclaimed as Commander Hughes wrung his hand warmly,
-in eloquent silence.
-
-“We must abide by the decision of the majority,” Commander Hughes said
-sorrowfully. “I dare not think what will happen to those within the
-mission if my men cannot withstand the attack.” Then he turned flashing
-eyes upon the group of hesitating foreigners.
-
-“What do you propose?” he questioned, controlling the anger and
-humiliation in his voice with some difficulty.
-
-Phil saw the officer whom he had recently humbled before his men cast
-a knowing look at several of his co-conspirators, and then heard him
-boldly voice his plan.
-
-“My compatriots,” he began, “believe that this useless killing of
-Chinese is harming our country’s interests. We have decided that we
-should send a flag of truce to the viceroy to request him to use his
-own soldiers to fight these Chinese rebels.”
-
-“A flag of truce!” cried Commander Hughes, in eloquent disdain. “How
-will the viceroy answer us? Probably by throwing the lifeless carcasses
-of our emissaries on the sand for the dogs to feed upon.”
-
-Commander Ignacio flinched before the menacing disgust in the
-American’s face, but he held stolidly to his point, while all of the
-allies, with the single exception of Commander Buresford, echoed the
-foreigner’s proposal.
-
-“The Inland Mission containing over a hundred innocent men, women and
-children, is still in danger from these rebels,” Commander Hughes
-exclaimed anxiously, making a last stand for what he considered was
-vital to his cause. “Although we have scattered their forces, they can,
-as we know, quickly regather. By concerted action, even without danger
-to ourselves and possibly without bloodshed, we can march this force of
-two thousand sailors over the seven miles of intervening country. By
-daylight we can return here with these refugees and then we shall be in
-a far better position to again open negotiations with the viceroy. If
-he should refuse to treat with us now--by to-morrow these outlaws will
-have recovered from their repulse. I beg that my brother officers will
-agree with me on this point,” he ended in entreaty.
-
-Commander Ignacio craftily refused to allow the point to be discussed;
-he feared the persuasive powers of the earnest and loyal American.
-
-“We have decided that question,” he replied quickly, an ugly leer on
-his face. “Now our business is to select those to go to the viceroy.”
-
-Commander Hughes was about to suggest that this foolhardy foreigner
-should be chosen, and was on the point of refusing to risk the lives of
-his own officers in such a dangerous undertaking, when to his surprise
-the name of Ignacio was voiced by the combined council.
-
-Phil glanced closely at the foreigner. The lad had heard his captain’s
-views of the possible fate of the flag of truce. Would Commander
-Ignacio accept the dangerous post?
-
-It seemed plain from Commander Ignacio’s face that the detail was not
-to his liking, but in his successful attempts to overrule the plans of
-the American, he had become the avowed leader of those in opposition
-to the Anglo-Saxon policy of quick action. Phil was eager to accompany
-the flag of truce, but to serve under Ignacio was indeed disquieting.
-The midshipman could see that his captain was taken unawares by the
-acceptance of Ignacio to lead the dangerous mission. Knowing the
-Chinese as he did, he honestly believed they would go to their death.
-
-The selection of the other members of the embassy was unanimously left
-to the decision of their leader, Commander Hughes.
-
-“As my country is the most interested,” the American declared, “I
-shall select my own officers.” Then turning to the midshipmen standing
-near, Sydney having left his company of sailors to satisfy his eager
-curiosity, “Mr. Perry,” the American commander said in a low voice,
-“you have shown yourself worthy of this trust. I shall send you, Mr.
-Monroe and Langdon. I hope and pray that no harm will come to you.”
-
-Phil could scarcely believe his ears. He, a midshipman, selected for
-such an important duty!
-
-Commander Hughes then again addressed the foreign commanders.
-
-“Gentlemen,” he said in a firm voice, “I do not count on the success of
-this flag of truce. If it fails we shall be forced to attack the forts
-with our unarmored vessels. However, the decision is final. My orders
-are that the embassy be sent without a moment’s delay. We shall remain
-here until our friends return.”
-
-Then, dismissing the allies, he took Langdon’s arm and walked toward
-the American sailors.
-
-“If I only had five hundred American sailors,” he declared hotly, “I
-would throw over these half-hearted allies and march to the relief of
-the mission. But with this mere handful, failure would be assured.”
-Then he beckoned the midshipmen to him. “Langdon, you and these young
-men must uphold the dignity of our country. You, Langdon, must speak
-directly to the viceroy. Impress upon him that I am in deadly earnest.
-If he harms the American mission I shall not rest until his city is
-laid in ashes. I shall destroy his arsenals and foundries. The forts
-will not be able to resist the attack of the American monitors, which
-should soon arrive.”
-
-“The monitors!” Langdon exclaimed. “Are they coming?”
-
-“I wish I could believe it,” Commander Hughes replied sorrowfully. “But
-we must make the viceroy believe that we are hourly expecting them. He
-fears an American monitor, and the thought that they are coming may act
-in our favor.”
-
-Preparations went forward rapidly, and inside of half an hour,
-Commander Ignacio led his small party out of the allied camp.
-
-Carrying a large white flag conspicuously displayed, the four
-emissaries, with an escort of eight sailors, four from the “Phœnix” and
-four from the foreigner’s own gunboat, gained the road leading toward
-the city of Ku-Ling. Unencumbered with all save their firearms, which
-were carried for protection against the marauding bands of outlaws, the
-seven miles were quickly covered, and in less than two hours the city
-gate loomed before them.
-
-Approaching the city wall, Phil saw that there was great commotion at
-the gate; soldiers ran hither and thither, and before the flag of truce
-had arrived near the stagnant water of the moat, there was a noisy
-clanking of rusty chain, the drawbridge was suddenly raised, and the
-ponderous gates tightly shut.
-
-The midshipmen, in spite of the precariousness of their position,
-could scarcely suppress a smile of gratification: this act alone
-spoke volumes; what must these Asiatics think of the prowess of the
-foreigners if they feared an attack from a dozen men?
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VIII
-
-IGNACIO SHOWS HIS HAND
-
-
-As the drawbridge clanked upward, and the soldiers disappeared hastily
-behind the closing gates, Commander Ignacio, glancing nervously at
-Langdon, brought his party to a stop.
-
-“You know the customs of these people; what shall we do?” he exclaimed
-anxiously, betraying that with all his vain boasting before his
-confrères he depended upon the American pilot to give him courage to
-act.
-
-“They have raised the drawbridge until the viceroy can be notified,”
-Langdon answered calmly; “I don’t consider we are in much danger; of
-course the Chinese never do what might be expected of them. If they
-opened fire now we couldn’t escape,” he added, casting a swift glance
-of disdain at the nervous officer and giving the midshipmen a covert
-wink; “so we might as well put on a bold front.” Suiting his action
-to his words, he threw himself down on the ground, as if he intended
-to be comfortable while the viceroy indulged himself in his Oriental
-diplomacy of wearing out the patience of those who wished to treat with
-him.
-
-Over an hour passed anxiously for the foreigners; conversation was
-fragmentary and pointless. Under the eyes and within close range of a
-semi-civilized enemy, who might refuse to recognize a flag of truce,
-their position was not calculated to inspire confidence. Then the
-drawbridge creaked slowly down, and a gorgeously dressed official
-advanced through the opened gate, preceded by a white flag and followed
-by an armed guard of soldiers.
-
-Commander Ignacio and his party rose hastily to meet them.
-
-After the elaborate Chinese ceremony of greeting had been concluded,
-the mandarin turned to Commander Ignacio, and inquired his mission.
-
-“We have come to see the viceroy,” Ignacio replied in English, for
-the Chinaman was no other than the interpreter, whom Phil had seen so
-discomfited the day before.
-
-With a nod of approval, the mandarin beckoned that all should follow,
-and led the way across the drawbridge and into the ill-smelling city.
-
-The emissaries and their guards passed at a rapid pace through the
-narrow and dirty streets; the curious inmates of the walled city kept
-at a respectful distance, their faces expressing wonder rather than
-hatred.
-
-Phil, noticing the change in their demeanor from the day before, called
-it to Langdon’s attention.
-
-“Yes,” the pilot assured him, “it’s a good sign; the will of the
-mandarins is always reflected in the faces of the lower classes. They
-hate us just as much as ever, but the brisk work at Lien-Chow has shown
-them that we are able to carry out our threats.”
-
-Upon their arrival at the yamen, the viceroy received the foreigners
-at the second door, one door nearer the entrance than where he had
-received Commander Hughes. This did not fail to impress the visitors.
-After all, was Chang-Li-Hun prepared to make terms?
-
-The viceroy was accompanied by the same mandarins whom Phil had seen
-the day before, and in contrast to their master’s sphinx-like face
-their features betrayed the apprehension which they doubtless felt.
-
-Chang-Li-Hun seated himself at the head of the table, motioning
-Commander Ignacio to a chair on his left.
-
-After all were seated, refreshments were brought, and silence was
-preserved until the viceroy signed that the table be cleared; then
-turning to Langdon he inquired courteously in Chinese the wishes of the
-flag of truce.
-
-The pilot, after a motion of consent had been received from the leader,
-informed the mandarin of Commander Hughes’ terms. Phil watched his
-friend’s face closely, glancing occasionally at the dignified old
-Chinaman, whom nothing apparently could move.
-
-“There is a hostile movement against the foreigners in your provinces,”
-Langdon commenced in the mandarin’s language, using all the flowery
-and diplomatic terms which these astute diplomats clung to so closely.
-“This movement can exist only through your tolerance. We do not claim
-that your Excellency is giving it active support, but you are taking
-no steps to smother it. That being the case, the allied powers have
-taken the law in their own hands. Having discovered that an army of
-rebels were concentrating at Lien-Chow, only seven miles from your
-Excellency’s city, with the avowed intention of attacking the American
-mission and massacring the inmates, the allies have but a few hours ago
-attacked them in their stronghold and dispersed them with many killed,
-while not a foreigner has been hurt. These rebels were permitted
-to collect despite the fact that you have seven thousand soldiers
-under your orders capable of suppressing these outlaws. Commander
-Hughes has directed us to say that if your Excellency will give his
-honorable word upon the spirit of his father that no further outrages
-will be permitted, and that he will protect with his soldiers the
-American mission, and also cause to be issued and posted throughout
-the provinces orders to desist from attacks on Christian converts and
-their teachers, then the foreign sailors will be at once withdrawn from
-China’s soil.”
-
-Chang-Li-Hun’s face was barren of expression while the pilot was
-delivering himself of this long speech.
-
-“I am not the general of the soldiers,” he craftily replied; “suppose
-I, a civilian, should give the soldiers orders to protect foreigners,
-how may I be assured that they will obey?”
-
-Langdon fearlessly gazed at the aged mandarin, whom he knew was trying,
-as the Chinese say, “to throw dust in his eyes.”
-
-“Is not the Tartar general under the orders of the viceroy?” he asked
-uncompromisingly.
-
-“I may give an order,” the viceroy answered evasively, “but I am not a
-soldier; then how shall I risk the displeasure of my father’s spirit,
-when I would not know if it were being enforced?”
-
-By the viceroy’s words his treachery was unmasked. Langdon had been
-told in the strictest confidence by Emmons that General Hang-Ki
-had embraced secretly the Christian belief; not suspecting this,
-the viceroy had put his foot into a trap by insinuating that the
-general could not be depended upon to carry out orders to protect the
-foreigners and the thousands of Christian Chinese, who were alike
-called foreigners by the fanatical anti-Christians.
-
-“Where can the general be found?” Langdon inquired finally.
-
-“His residence is in the forts,” the viceroy answered.
-
-“Then our mission is with him,” the pilot declared, rising from his
-chair; “your Excellency then will agree to give the order and I shall
-endeavor to obtain his promise to conscientiously carry it out. My
-captain’s one desire is to spare the misguided people of the city from
-the further vengeance of the foreign powers.”
-
-“What do you mean?” the viceroy asked, for a second dropping his mask
-and gazing at the pilot through worried eyes.
-
-“I mean,” Langdon answered, raising his voice to be heard throughout
-the room, “that if the Chinese soldiers and these outlaws, calling
-themselves patriots, insist upon massacring the inoffensive foreigners
-and their followers, such a fire of shot and shell will be thrown into
-this city by the allied fleet that all property will be destroyed.”
-
-The aged mandarin started perceptibly at hearing these menacing words;
-then he seemed to arrive at some conclusion, for his parchment-like
-face betrayed a faint smile as he motioned the pilot to be again seated.
-
-“How will the fleet bombard Ku-Ling?” he inquired; “your ships cannot
-again pass the forts if I order them to fire upon you.”
-
-“Your Excellency,” Langdon answered boldly, “has forgotten that two
-American monitors are now on their way to join the allied fleet. With
-the addition of these vessels, our ships do not fear the fire of your
-forts; besides you will know that if the American commander orders it
-our sailors can take the forts with ease by storm. Our captain is in
-earnest,” he urged, believing from the viceroy’s attitude that he was
-weakening. “If the mission on the hill which is under your protection
-is harmed he will at once put into effect his plans to reduce the forts
-and destroy your city.”
-
-“I shall send for the general,” the viceroy finally announced. “He
-may be some hours in arriving, and meanwhile you may rest after your
-journey.”
-
-The party arose, following the interpreter, and shortly found
-themselves in a plainly-furnished room, where he left them abruptly.
-
-Langdon immediately explained his conversation with the viceroy, and
-expressed himself as certain that the flag of truce would be successful.
-
-Phil had not as yet been addressed by Commander Ignacio, and naturally
-felt disinclined to join in the conversation. He had surprised many
-furtive glances from the foreign captain, and was sure they were not
-of good omen; however, now he smiled pleasantly at the two midshipmen,
-without a trace of the ill nature with which Phil felt he regarded him.
-
-“This was my idea from the start,” Commander Ignacio exclaimed
-boastfully; “that fire-eating captain of yours came near getting us in
-a nice muddle, but I believe I shall straighten it all out.”
-
-Phil’s anger flared into his eyes at hearing this direct slur
-upon Commander Hughes’ actions, but his training had taught him
-subordination, and he controlled the words of censure that came readily
-to his lips.
-
-Langdon however was not so diplomatic.
-
-“I beg to differ, Commander Ignacio,” he exclaimed hotly; “Commander
-Hughes’ acts have made this truce possible. Until he showed that he was
-in earnest by attacking and capturing Lien-Chow the viceroy would not
-have received us at all.” The foreigner’s expression changed suddenly,
-and as he saw the midshipmen unconsciously nod in approval of the
-pilot’s words, a scowl of bitter hatred appeared on his swarthy face.
-
-“You Americans are an insolent race,” he cried angrily. “What do you
-know about such matters?” he continued violently, turning scornfully on
-Langdon; “you are merely a hired pilot.”
-
-Phil’s greatest fear seemed on the point of being realized; this
-braggart might spoil all through his self-conceit. Until now all had
-gone smoothly; the viceroy had as much as shown that he was ready and
-willing to make terms, and now this incompetent coward had shown his
-ugly hand.
-
-“Don’t answer him, Langdon,” Phil whispered, laying a restraining hand
-on the pilot’s arm; “nothing that he can say will affect our confidence
-in you.”
-
-The anger died on Langdon’s face as he realized the logic in the lad’s
-words, and then the strained situation was relieved by the arrival of
-the interpreter.
-
-“His Excellency, the general, was fortunately in the city,” he
-explained, “and was readily found; he now waits in the viceroy’s
-audience-chamber.”
-
-The foreigners were presently again before the high mandarin.
-
-Phil gazed admiringly at the stranger, whom he knew must be the Tartar
-general. The Manchu stood over six feet in height, his skin bronzed by
-exposure, in striking contrast to the almost effeminate appearance of
-the Chinese mandarins about him. The fierceness of his Tartar ancestors
-looked from his dark almond-shaped eyes; he seemed to the lad an
-embodiment of those of his race who had many centuries before under the
-great Ghenkis Khan overrun the whole of Asia, carrying their victorious
-banners even into Europe; here was the soldier leader whose ancestors
-had followed no other calling.
-
-The conference was again opened by the viceroy’s thin voice.
-
-“Upon investigation I find that the general was not informed of the
-presence at Lien-Chow of these outlaws. I myself knew nothing of it.
-The mission was safe in my keeping, but when your commander lands an
-armed force on the soil of China, he must take the consequences; I dare
-not interfere as long as there is a single foreign sailor on our shore.
-Before I can treat with you, every armed man must be first withdrawn
-and the ships again anchored in the Yangtse River; the To-Yan Lake is
-by royal decree forbidden water, and I must demand that the war-ships
-leave there immediately.”
-
-Langdon gazed in surprise at the old diplomat. Could reliance be
-placed in his implied willingness to make terms after the sailors were
-withdrawn from China’s soil and the ships anchored again in the river?
-
-“That is quite impossible,” Langdon answered promptly. “Commander
-Hughes will not withdraw from China’s soil until he has received your
-promise given on the sacred spirit of your father.”
-
-“When your commander has anchored his fleet at Ku-Ling and then comes
-to me apologizing for entering the forbidden lake, then I will give
-my decision, but not until then,” the viceroy cried angrily. “I have
-washed my hands of your mission; by putting sailors there your captain
-has taken it from my protection.”
-
-Langdon was so intent upon his conversation with the viceroy that he
-failed to notice that Commander Ignacio had changed his seat to one
-beside the interpreter, and that in low tones the latter had given the
-foreigner the details of the conversation upon which so much depended.
-The pilot now turned to apprise this officer of the latest demand of
-the arch villain, but to his consternation the foreign commander had
-risen to his feet, his black eyes snapping with importance, and waved
-the American to silence, then turning to the interpreter at his elbow
-exclaimed in English:
-
-“I consider that the viceroy’s demands are just. I was from the first
-against this ill-judged action. Tell his Excellency as senior member
-of this flag of truce, I shall agree to these terms, and am sure my
-colleagues, with the exception of this American, will uphold me.”
-
-A smile of triumph played about the corners of the viceroy’s cruel
-mouth while the interpreter gave him the meaning of Commander Ignacio’s
-rash words.
-
-“So,” he thought, “the foreigners are not of one mind.” The clever
-diplomat believed that he had at last found a way to pierce the armor
-of the despised foreigner.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER IX
-
-HELD AS HOSTAGES
-
-
-The Americans were speechless with amazement. Phil was confident that
-he read triumph in the spiteful face of the foreign commander. Langdon
-gazed with unfeigned disgust at the officer who had brought defeat
-to the allies. This wily Chinaman would now refuse to interfere with
-the unlawful acts of his subjects; trusting to the dissensions of the
-allies to bring their punitive efforts to naught. All realized that
-now even their own lives were in peril, and they were powerless to
-interfere. Commander Ignacio was the appointed head of the embassy and
-his decision was authoritative.
-
-The Americans quickly learned the ill effects of the traitor’s words,
-for the viceroy at once disregarded the pilot’s presence and in the
-most insulting tone turned to his interpreter.
-
-“His Excellency,” that Chinaman said upon the completion of the
-viceroy’s ultimatum, “sees that the ranking officer has more
-intelligence than his low-caste companions, and that as he has given
-his promise that an apology will be made, his Excellency will at once
-set him at liberty to return to his people. And his Excellency further
-warns his compatriots that if the sailors are not withdrawn within
-twenty-four hours to their ships, and if the fleet does not leave the
-To-Yan Lake, that the lives of those held as hostages will pay the
-penalty.”
-
-Phil, throwing discretion to the winds, was upon his feet before the
-interpreter had finished his threatening sentences.
-
-“Commander Ignacio,” he exclaimed, beside himself with anger and
-mortification, “can you not see what you have done? The viceroy offers
-you your freedom; you must at once insist that we are under the sacred
-protection of a flag of truce and that he has not the right to detain
-us.”
-
-“Are you then so anxious about your precious skin?” the foreigner
-answered, an expression of intense dislike on his swarthy face.
-
-The viceroy had risen, taking the arm of an assistant. He bowed
-formally, and moved away toward his own apartments.
-
-Langdon heard his parting instructions to his interpreter.
-
-“Hold these American dogs and send the others back to their own people.
-Let their commander tell them that when their sailors have ceased to
-pollute Chinese soil then I shall treat with them. And to show my
-displeasure at the attack of the foreigners upon our innocent people, I
-shall hold these dogs as hostages.”
-
-Realizing his helplessness, the pilot was silent, and he and the
-midshipmen allowed themselves to be led away by the waiting guards.
-
-Commander Ignacio gave Phil a look of triumph as he passed him, which
-glance the lad returned proudly. Doubtless this despicable man believed
-he had won a signal victory over the midshipman who had accused him of
-cowardice before his own men.
-
-The Americans were conducted to a room outside of the council-chamber
-of the yamen. All were too crestfallen and disappointed with the turn
-affairs had taken to care what their fate might be. Through the windows
-of the room they saw the traitor and his four sailors pass along the
-courtyard on the way back to the camp of the allies, and a few moments
-afterward, their own sailors were brought and shoved roughly into the
-room where their officers were held captive.
-
-“If that villain,” Langdon exclaimed angrily, “had only kept quiet,
-we should all have been returning by now. He played right into the
-viceroy’s hands.”
-
-“It is all my own doing,” Phil moaned. “Why didn’t I tell our captain
-the kind of man he was?”
-
-“What do you mean?” Sydney and Langdon asked in a breath.
-
-Phil told of the attack on Lien-Chow and of the cowardly part Commander
-Ignacio had played.
-
-“Well, if that isn’t the queerest!” the pilot exclaimed after the
-midshipman had finished; “Commander Hughes in my hearing complimented
-him upon the fearless attack of his men; they were the first in the
-enemy’s trenches after the Americans and English. And it was you that
-put wings to their leader’s feet.”
-
-The pilot’s laugh sounded so incongruous that the Chinese guards
-glanced suspiciously inside, fearing that the handful of foreigners
-might be planning some daring escape.
-
-“I feel that it is my fault,” Phil repeated penitently. “I alone am
-responsible for our captivity.”
-
-“Cheer up, lad!” Langdon exclaimed. “It might be worse. The viceroy
-will soon find that Commander Ignacio will not be supported. He will
-not dare to hold us long.”
-
-But the pilot, with his wide knowledge of the Chinese, did not know the
-capacity for cruelty of this aged mandarin.
-
-Even as the pilot spoke, the room filled with soldiers, who disarmed
-the Americans, binding their hands behind them and attaching heavy
-chains to their ankles. Langdon began to caution the sailors to submit
-without resistance, but before he could give the advice a stalwart
-sailor had picked up a heavy chair and floored the nearest of the
-Chinese soldiers.
-
-The sailors were quickly taken away, and after their work was
-completed the guards withdrew, leaving the midshipmen and the pilot
-bound upon the hard floor. The tight cords on their wrists cut cruelly
-into the flesh.
-
-Phil gave himself over to despair; he could see no way out of their
-terrible predicament. Langdon, breathing heavily beside him, was
-silent, while Sydney was speechless with anger and mortification.
-
-After several minutes the interpreter entered their prison; his sallow
-face betrayed not a spark of sympathy as he told Langdon to be prepared
-to receive the sentence of punishment at the hands of the viceroy.
-
-The pilot growled an answer in Chinese which caused the interpreter’s
-face to show a shade of annoyance; then he answered in English,
-glancing fiercely at his captives.
-
-“We respect a flag of truce, but those who land on friendly soil and
-attack innocent villagers are not entitled to its protection.”
-
-Phil would have denied the Chinaman’s assertions, but the next second
-he was roughly dragged to his feet, and with his companions, led into
-the private apartments of the viceroy.
-
-There the mandarin was seated comfortably in his chair of state,
-enjoying hugely the discomfiture of the foreigners. One by one the
-Americans were forced down upon their knees before the viceroy; the
-guards zealously pulling the hair of the helpless ones as a caution to
-obey quietly.
-
-While Chang-Li-Hun spoke to Langdon in a low voice, the midshipmen
-were held down on their knees, their heads bent forward, and as each
-moved to ease his cramped limbs, the cruel hands of the soldiers would
-inflict some new and painful torture to keep them motionless. The
-strain was well-nigh unbearable; the body bending forward brought a
-heavy and increasing strain on the wrist bindings.
-
-“Your two companions being officers of a foreign navy under arms
-on China’s soil, I have the right to hold them for punishment and
-execution, if I so desire. You being but a civilian, if you will
-apologize publicly I will set you free at once,” the viceroy said in a
-conciliatory voice.
-
-The pilot stoutly refused to accept his clemency.
-
-“Would your commander really dare attempt to bombard my city?” the
-mandarin continued curiously.
-
-The severe pain at his wrists spurred Langdon on to picture blackly the
-doom awaiting the self-satisfied and treacherous official.
-
-“If you hold these officers captive, the American commander will not
-rest until he has set them at liberty. If you harm a hair of their
-heads he will raze your city to the ground and every shell will be
-directed at this yamen. The inside of the wall will be as desolate as
-that of your great city of Nanking after the Taiping rebels had sacked
-it.”
-
-The viceroy turned livid with uncontrolled rage. He spurned the bound
-prisoner with his foot, while the soldiers, seeing the anger in their
-master’s face, pulled the hair and beard of the helpless man.
-
-Langdon was now beside himself. By a mighty effort, he bore back upon
-the soldiers, his great strength scattering them with ease, and then he
-raised his head and gazed full into the face of the viceroy.
-
-“By holding us as hostages you are but signing your own death-warrant.
-Our mission here was for your own good. Your people will suffer, but
-the mandarins are those whom Commander Hughes desires to punish. You
-know that if your city is destroyed by the foreign fleet you must
-either commit suicide or falsify the reports to Peking which in time
-will be discovered. If you liberate us at once and give your promise
-that foreigners will be protected, even now you can redeem your action.”
-
-Chang-Li-Hun could hardly believe his ears. He had never been talked to
-so plainly in all his life. His mandarins stood near him, the scowls on
-their outraged faces betokening evil for the helpless Americans.
-
-Langdon was, at a motion from the viceroy, quickly restrained, and
-struggling violently in the hands of numerous soldiers was borne out
-of the council-chamber. The midshipmen’s guards were severe as they
-dragged the unresisting lads from the presence of the viceroy.
-
-“I fear I’ve made a worse muddle of it,” the pilot exclaimed dolefully,
-after they were again alone in the room which for the present served
-as their prison. Then he recounted to his companions what had passed
-between him and the powerful mandarin.
-
-“We can hope for no immediate relief from our people,” Phil declared
-dejectedly. “Even though the allies condemn Ignacio’s actions and are
-willing to aid in our release, they cannot storm the city by land from
-Lien-Chow. First the fleet must pass through the fire of the forts.”
-
-“There is one other chance,” Langdon replied hopefully. “The viceroy
-is certainly acting without or perhaps even contrary to orders from
-Peking. I could tell that by the anger in his face when I accused him
-of it. His government is being kept in the dark. It knows nothing
-of the conditions within his provinces. If the foreign ambassadors
-in Peking have back-bone enough to insist upon knowing the state
-of affairs, the throne will ask for reports, and Chang-Li-Hun, as
-powerful as he is, must disclose his treachery. If these reports are
-not satisfactory to the ambassadors and at the same time if sufficient
-fear can be put into the emperor’s heart by intimidating him with the
-threat of another sack of the capital by the foreign soldiers, then he
-will send one of his trusted Manchu generals with an army at his back,
-from a neighboring province. When once these soldiers have arrived in
-front of the viceroy’s yamen then Chang-Li-Hun must acknowledge himself
-beaten.”
-
-“Meanwhile what is going to happen to us?” Sydney asked.
-
-“Come, brace up, Syd,” cried Phil, trying hard to appear cheerful.
-“We’ve been in as bad a place before. If our time has come, nothing
-that we can say or do will stop it.”
-
-“It isn’t that I am afraid of what’s going to happen,” Sydney exclaimed
-in a hurt voice. “If they’d given us a show it wouldn’t have mattered;
-but to violate a truce! That’s what makes me feel like tearing these
-shackles off and throttling every Chinaman in sight, and to feel I
-can’t makes me wish to use all the bad words that I know.”
-
-Phil could barely suppress a laugh; Sydney had described his own
-feeling more accurately than he could himself.
-
-“We may just as well keep our tempers,” Phil replied philosophically.
-“It only wastes one’s strength to get angry, and we’ll probably need
-all the endurance we have before we are again with our own people.”
-
-“Did the captain send any telegrams to the admiral or Washington about
-the state of affairs?” Langdon asked suddenly.
-
-“Yes, he sent one yesterday and one was given to the Chinese operator
-in the concession this morning,” Phil replied. “The last one was a long
-one and outlined what he intended doing, with his reasons. They were
-all in cipher. I helped him prepare them.”
-
-“They haven’t gone further than the viceroy’s waste paper basket,”
-Langdon returned. “He will guard every outlet for news. Doubtless his
-version of the actions of the foreigners will be wired, unless he sees
-fit to remain silent.”
-
-“How can he remain silent?” Sydney inquired. “The gunboats came here
-believing that there was going to be trouble. Surely if the foreign
-governments do not hear from their representatives they will be
-suspicious.”
-
-“It’s too deep for me this time,” Langdon declared. “The viceroy knows
-what he’s doing; that I can assure you. History usually repeats
-itself in these Chinese troubles, and he is probably banking on the
-timidity of the foreign governments. If the plain unvarnished facts of
-the attack on Lien-Chow got to Washington with no word from Commander
-Hughes, what would happen? That is what Chang-Li-Hun is counting on.”
-
-“The president would wire for particulars,” Phil answered.
-
-“Yes, and he wouldn’t get them,” Langdon returned; “and then what would
-happen?”
-
-“I don’t know, but the viceroy believes he does and he hopes
-that Washington will act in such a way as to give the victory to
-Chang-Li-Hun.”
-
-As the pilot’s voice died away, the predicament of himself and
-companions came home forcibly to Phil. His arms and legs were swollen,
-causing him great pain, and the thought of the further cruelty of those
-who held them captives was not pleasant.
-
-“Is there no way to escape?” the lad asked, glancing about the insecure
-looking prison.
-
-“We might succeed in getting out of the yamen,” Langdon answered
-discouragingly, “but we could never expect to get out of the city.
-There are but two gates, and both are heavily guarded at all times.
-Once we are missed from here the news would travel with the speed of
-wireless telegraphy throughout the city. No, we are as secure as if we
-were on a desert island.”
-
-“Can’t we bribe the guards?” Sydney asked, casting a contemptuous
-glance at the ragged soldier at the door.
-
-“What have we to bribe with?” Langdon asked mournfully. “I haven’t a
-cent about me.”
-
-“The green jade ring my grateful Chinaman gave me!” Phil exclaimed.
-
-The Americans took heart at the thought of this priceless possession.
-
-“Guard it carefully,” Langdon cautioned; “it may save us.”
-
-“Does Commander Ignacio really believe,” Sydney asked suddenly, “that
-Commander Hughes will apologize to the viceroy?”
-
-“That traitor Ignacio knows that he will not!” Phil exclaimed angrily
-at the thought of his treachery. “There’s more in this than we
-understand. It’s a plot to defeat our captain, and he with only his
-small force is powerless if the other nations side with this villain.
-Our only hope is that the other foreigners will not stand for Ignacio’s
-cowardly agreement.”
-
-“Those in the mission,” Langdon said with alarm in his voice, “are in
-a worse plight than ever. Unless Commander Hughes finds himself strong
-enough to relieve the mission it will sooner or later be attacked; our
-fifty sailors cannot withstand a long siege against the Chinese regular
-troops.”
-
-The more Phil speculated upon the situation the more perplexing it
-seemed. Numbers of helpless foreign missionaries were scattered among
-the cities of the provinces. Even now many might have been killed by
-the lawless element. In the past many missionaries had been killed by
-mobs stirred to violence by printed circulars sent out openly by the
-mandarins. Would the firm stand of the foreigners deter the mandarins
-from giving license to their people to destroy? Phil knew that this was
-his captain’s hope.
-
-Langdon’s voice interrupted the lad’s musings.
-
-“We shall be separated,” he said dejectedly. “Please don’t be rash.
-Remember the cruelty of these people. They might kill in a fit of
-anger, even though your death was against their interests. Don’t expect
-kind treatment. You will probably be liberated when our captain has
-shown the viceroy that he is equal to his threats, but I am not an
-officer and I know too much to suit that scheming interpreter.”
-
-That the pilot despaired of his life was indeed disquieting news to the
-midshipmen, but their solicitations were quickly cut short by the sound
-of tramping feet in the hallway outside their prison door.
-
-A number of armed soldiers entered the room and dragged the captives
-roughly to their aching feet, hurrying them along the stone pavement up
-the courtyard.
-
-Phil saw ahead of him the unresisting Langdon, brutally kicked and
-struck by his captors as he shuffled painfully along, then his own
-guards turned down a corridor, dragging him after them.
-
-Wondering what was about to happen Phil saw a soldier knock loudly upon
-a door; a most unearthly yell from within was the only answer, then
-the door opened inwards and he found himself shoved into the midst of a
-crowd of half-naked Chinamen. His heart sank within him as he realized
-that he was to be imprisoned along with the lowest of the criminals of
-the viceroy’s provinces. But a moment later he could have cried out
-for joy at the sight of Sydney thrown roughly almost into his arms.
-At least he would have his friend to share his tortures; that was
-something for which to be thankful.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER X
-
-A CHINESE PRISON
-
-
-The arrival of the Americans in the jail was heralded with delight
-by their scantily-clad fellows; they one and all crowded about the
-lads examining their uniforms and putting very dirty hands on their
-white skins. Many had never seen a foreigner at such close range.
-The midshipmen were so tightly bound that they could not escape this
-unpleasant, although apparently friendly, treatment.
-
-Finally Phil could bear it no longer; the sickening odor from their
-unwashed bodies became more than his endurance could stand. Managing
-to rise to his feet, he painfully crossed the damp floor to a wooden
-bench, the only article of furniture in the cell; reaching this he sat
-down upon it, gently but forcefully pushing the prisoners seated beside
-him until he had the bench entirely to himself. The Chinese stood close
-by in silent surprise, showing no anger at this treatment.
-
-“Come here, Sydney,” he called. “We’ll take the bench and keep these
-ruffians away. They’ll smother us with their heathen curiosity.”
-
-Sydney crawled through the delighted crowd, the prisoners moving aside
-readily for him, and as he reached the bench and raised himself off the
-reeking floor to a seat beside Phil, the gaping Chinamen chattered like
-children, quite absorbed in the infrequent spectacle of foreign devils
-in their jail.
-
-A number of the more bold among the prisoners squatted on the floor
-close to the bench, examining the stout boots and leggins of the
-midshipmen, but these Phil motioned away, emphasizing his meaning by a
-shove from his manacled feet. The Chinamen arose at once, their faces
-expressing only astonishment.
-
-The lads were soon left alone; their fellow prisoners had formed a
-circle around them with an intervening space of over a yard, while one
-or two of their number assumed the rôle of protectors and faithfully
-kept their comrades from infringing upon this forbidden ground.
-
-“They are more kind than their masters,” Sydney said, after the
-midshipmen had gathered their scattered wits.
-
-“Poor fellows, they seem as happy as if they were only doing penance
-for small sins,” Phil replied, gazing compassionately at his motley
-companions. “Yet they are all condemned to be executed. Do you see the
-large ring each wears about his neck, with a brass tag attached? That’s
-the mark of a felon to be beheaded, or worse.”
-
-“Where do you suppose they’ve taken Langdon?” Sydney asked anxiously.
-“It’s certainly terrible to be helpless in the power of these cruel
-Chinese. They may even now have beheaded him. The viceroy was angry
-enough to revenge himself.”
-
-“I hope it’s not so bad as that,” Phil answered, trying hard to be
-reassuring, not feeling, however, a particle more secure than the
-condemned men about him. “Langdon said,” he added grimly, “if our hands
-were lifted up high behind our backs and they hurried us out of the
-cell, our heads would probably be cut off in the large outer court.
-Until they do that, I suppose we may be sure that we are not in any
-immediate danger of death.”
-
-Sydney shuddered at the unpleasant thought. And this was the China that
-they had been so eager to visit.
-
-Toward evening a great tub filled with millet was brought in by the
-keepers and this the prisoners devoured ravenously. Luckily for the
-lads, they had satisfied their appetite from the viceroy’s table, for
-they would have stood but scant chance among that hungry rabble.
-
-The cell was now entirely dark, save for a swinging light which
-streamed through the barred doors. The midshipmen scarcely closed their
-eyes during the long hours of the night, and when the first streaks of
-day shone into their foul cell, they were sitting open-eyed on their
-bench.
-
-A jailer brought a basin of water to the door of the cell and then
-entering, took off their irons and led them out into the courtyard.
-The lads’ hopes rose, but they soon saw that it was to be only a
-preparation for more imprisonment. A bowl of rice apiece was given
-them, which was quickly eaten, and then each received a steaming cup of
-tea. This reassuring meal put new life into the lads and they felt more
-cheerful than at any time since their imprisonment.
-
-“What’s he doing?” Sydney cried out in alarm, as the jailer began to
-rub his neck with a damp rag, while another rubbed his wrists and
-ankles. Phil was afterward given the same treatment, and then the
-hateful irons were again put on, but in addition there were put about
-their necks the dreaded rings, with the dangling brass tags that
-jingled ominously.
-
-The midshipmen were stunned. Like the others of their cell-mates they
-were now wearing the badge of death. They also had been condemned by
-the viceroy and would be held in this loathsome prison until their
-numbers were called by the “Board of Punishments,” the Chinese high
-court of justice.
-
-Once more in their cell the lads sat dejectedly on their bench. They
-had small desire for conversation; each felt his doom pressing upon
-him, and strange to say with this weight of trouble their thoughts
-turned to Langdon.
-
-“If we are to be executed,” Phil said sorrowfully, “poor Langdon must
-have already met his death.”
-
-Sydney had not the heart to reply. He nodded his head sorrowfully. Then
-a thought struck him, and he raised hopeful eyes to his companion’s
-face.
-
-“He must be near us, Phil,” he exclaimed. “Can’t we find some means of
-communicating? If we could only talk their language we might ask our
-jailer; he appears friendly and probably knows.”
-
-Phil was silent for a few moments, then he suddenly began to whistle
-loudly the stirring music of their class song. The tune brought tears
-to Sydney’s eyes. It took him back to the day the brigade of midshipmen
-marched by the reviewing stand for the last time with his class as
-seniors. Two hours afterward, with his diploma in his hand, he had
-shaken hands as a graduate with the secretary of the navy. What a
-terrible contrast! Then a sudden fear took possession of him. Had Phil
-lost his mind? Was the knowledge of their terrible end too much for
-his nerves and had his strong mind succumbed? While these disquieting
-thoughts were coursing through his brain, Phil ceased whistling and
-listened eagerly. From a distance a high-pitched treble of a whistle
-came indistinctly to their ears amid the noises of their cell.
-
-The Chinese crowded about Phil in evident delight, while a number of
-jailers stood outside the half-closed door peering inside, smiles on
-their ignorant faces.
-
-“They seem to enjoy my music,” Phil said in a perfectly rational voice;
-“but thank goodness, Langdon is still alive!”
-
-“Maybe it was from one of the sailors,” Sydney suggested.
-
-Phil continued his whistling for many minutes until his listeners had
-become thoroughly accustomed, then he put forth his strategy.
-
-“Langdon knows our signal code,” he said quietly, “and I’m going to try
-to whistle him a message, if we can only get these fellows quiet. At
-least we’ll find out who it is that is confined near us.”
-
-Then by single and double whistles, covered up ingeniously with
-snatches of tunes, he spelled out:
-
-“Who are you?”
-
-The lads waited breathlessly for several minutes, which seemed to them
-as many hours. Then the answer came distinctly:
-
-“Langdon. If the interpreter comes to you show him the ring. It may be
-your last chance.”
-
-Phil acknowledged this, and then to allay the suspicions of the
-jailers, he whistled several lively tunes.
-
-The long day dragged slowly by. In their cramped surroundings they
-leaned back against the wall and dozed off, only to be awakened by the
-pains in their tightly-bound limbs. The irons galled terribly.
-
-At last the jailer brought them their evening meal, a bowl of rice
-apiece, and before leaving them for the night, examined their shackles.
-While examining Sydney’s swollen wrists he “hi-yaw’d” loudly, calling
-the midshipmen’s attention to where the tender skin had been chafed
-through, the red flesh showing clearly.
-
-“Of course; what does he expect?” Sydney exclaimed angrily. “These
-irons are not lined with velvet!”
-
-The jailer took Phil by the shoulder and led him to a corner of the
-cell, where a Chinaman was lying, his pale face showing that the poor
-fellow’s death was but a matter of hours.
-
-Stooping down, the jailer lifted one of the sick man’s arms. The sight
-that met the lad’s gaze was heartrending. The wrist where his iron had
-been was a festering sore. The diseased flesh had slowly spread until
-his forearm to the elbow was infected and the man was dying of blood
-poison. Phil at once understood the terrible danger to his friend. He
-had heard of the maggot which is said to infest all Chinese prisons.
-The earth beneath his feet at a depth of a few inches was swarming with
-these deadly parasites, and their instinct leads them directly to a
-fresh wound. Once this insect enters the flesh of a victim, his death
-by a fearful, agonizing and lingering illness is assured.
-
-Pointing to Sydney’s irons Phil demanded by signs that they be
-immediately removed, but the jailer shook his head in dissent, his
-expressive face portraying a fear for himself if he did, while he
-struck his own neck with his hand as if to say, “That’s what would
-happen to me if I took his irons off.”
-
-Phil’s solicitude for his friend was great. How could he hide this
-wound from the searching little worm? He thought of his pocket
-handkerchief in his blouse pocket; reaching inside his coat with his
-manacled hands, he dragged it slowly out, with the intention of using
-it as a bandage about Sydney’s wrist, but to his consternation as he
-pulled a bright spark of metal flashed before his eyes and the precious
-jade ring fell loudly to the floor at the jailer’s feet.
-
-The Chinaman pounced upon it with avidity, hastily concealing it in his
-loose clothes. Phil attempted to hold him, but he roughly pushed him
-aside, shutting the barred door in his face with a loud slam.
-
-Their last hope had flown. The Chinaman would doubtless conceal the
-ring and say he knew nothing in case he was questioned.
-
-The keen disappointment at the loss of the talisman made Phil fear even
-more for the terrible predicament of his companion. A few more days in
-this noisome hole might mean his death. Ill fed, with no opportunity to
-wash away the accumulated dirt from their unclean surroundings, he must
-surely fall a victim of the insidious insect.
-
-Another night passed in torture, relieved only by an occasional
-exchange of signals between Phil and Langdon. He had fared no
-worse than the midshipmen. Phil told him of the loss of the ring
-and afterward there was a long silence, as if the news were too
-disappointing to find an answer.
-
-Finally after several hours, the midshipmen were awakened from their
-painful slumber to hear the signal from the pilot.
-
-“The viceroy has received some word from the allies. He asked me many
-questions to-day,” and then abruptly the whistle ceased.
-
-The lads were eager to hear more, but Langdon was silent, and soon a
-jailer entered and threatened by signs to gag the midshipmen if they
-continued; so, much against their inclinations, they stopped signaling.
-
-Early the next morning the lads were awakened from an uneasy sleep by
-loud cries in the courtyard outside of their cell door. The jailer
-hurried in, unlocking their chains and signed them to follow him. The
-midshipmen upon staggering to their feet would have fallen, if it had
-not been for the prompt support of their fellow prisoners, who having
-risen from their earth beds were gazing curiously through the open door.
-
-Emerging into the sunlight Phil at first could see nothing, but the
-jailer, taking each by a hand, led them staggeringly across the sandy
-courtyard. Then suddenly, pushing on their shoulders, the jailer forced
-the midshipmen on their knees before two mandarins.
-
-Phil raised his eyes and saw the kindly face of the Tartar general,
-while from the lips of the other, a stranger, came in perfect English
-as he raised the almost fainting lads to their feet:
-
-“Come with us; we are your friends.”
-
-Jubilantly they followed the Tartar general’s military figure, and soon
-found themselves within a large room where a small table was set, and
-the tempting odor of food struck pleasantly upon their hungry senses.
-
-[Illustration: “_WE ARE YOUR FRIENDS_”]
-
-The lads were told to be seated, the mandarins taking chairs opposite
-each.
-
-Phil was fairly bursting with suppressed excitement. Were they to be
-liberated?
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XI
-
-FRIENDS IN NEED
-
-
-The midshipmen saw that something had occurred to bring about this
-change in the behavior of the mandarins, but for their lives they could
-not guess its import or the effect it would have upon their condition.
-Both lads had come to understand something of Chinese perfidy, and
-determined to school themselves to bear any disappointment.
-
-Very deliberately the two mandarins finished their meal, the
-midshipmen, even under their tension of impatience, doing full justice
-themselves to the savory dishes, and then the servants removed the
-remnants of the repast. Meanwhile all four men sat in silence, the
-mandarins in their silken robes in great contrast to the forlorn
-appearance of the Americans in their dirt-covered uniforms.
-
-At length the silence was broken by the unmusical voice of Hang-Ki, the
-Tartar general. While he talked, making many gestures with his hands
-to illustrate his meaning, the lads racked their brains for a solution
-to this unexpected treatment. Finally the general finished, glancing
-interestedly at the midshipmen, anticipating no doubt the effect his
-words would have on the faces of the youths.
-
-Phil drummed calmly with his finger nail a signal to Sydney.
-
-“Show no feeling,” the latter read from the clear clicks upon the
-hardwood table, and he nodded guardedly in assent.
-
-The second Chinaman was now interpreting the general’s words, and the
-midshipmen listened eagerly.
-
-“His Excellency, General Hang-Ki, was given this ring by a soldier who
-said it was found by one of the jailers on the person of one of the
-American officers. He wishes to know from where it came.”
-
-To Phil’s delight the Chinaman held up the jade ring, which he had
-believed was irrecoverably lost.
-
-Phil saw no reason for concealment, so he at once told the story of his
-rescue of the Chinaman from the river.
-
-Then it was the midshipmen’s turn to watch the general’s face as Phil’s
-words were given him in his own language, but to their disappointment,
-his features did not betray the slightest signs of aught save interest.
-
-Finally the interpreting mandarin turned to the expectant lads, a smile
-on his intelligent face. They had been wondering unsuccessfully who
-this Chinaman might be, using the English language as readily as his
-own. He spoke a few words to the general, and receiving an affirmative
-nod, he again addressed the Americans.
-
-“I see you do not know me. My name is Emmons. So far I have been
-powerless to aid you. The viceroy is not my friend, and if it were not
-for the confidence shown me by the general, I should before now have
-shared the fate which you have so narrowly escaped. Even now all danger
-is not over. This ring, you say,” addressing Phil, “was given you by
-the man you saved from the river?”
-
-Phil nodded silently.
-
-“That part we cannot explain. The ring is a gift from the emperor to
-Ta-Ling, the viceroy’s official secretary and interpreter. The stone
-is the most priceless jade. Fortunately for you the jailer, fearing to
-keep it in his possession during the night, gave it to the captain of
-the yamen guard, who brought it at once to the general. If it had gone
-to the viceroy, before now you both would have been executed.”
-
-“What do you mean?” Phil exclaimed. “Did I commit such a serious
-offense by saving this man from drowning?”
-
-Emmons smiled grimly as he answered:
-
-“By saving Ta-Ling’s life you committed a serious offense against
-the foreigners in China. That it was he you saved there can be but
-little doubt, and he is the bitterest enemy the foreigners have among
-the viceroy’s advisers. He is a graduate of an American college, and
-because of his harsh treatment at San Francisco each time he returned
-to college from his yearly visits to China, he has sworn to avenge
-himself upon all Americans, and of course all foreigners will suffer,
-because the Chinese people cannot discriminate between an American and
-one of another nationality. Because of my American blood I have gained
-his enmity, and while once I enjoyed the viceroy’s confidence, now he
-has openly shown me his displeasure. This uprising was started by the
-wide circulation of handbills, printed in the yamen and distributed
-at Ta-Ling’s direction throughout the provinces, calling upon all
-patriotic Chinamen to exterminate the foreigners. General Hang-Ki
-is the only friend that the foreigners have; he commanded an army
-corps against the allies at Peking in 1900, and knows the terrible
-consequences awaiting those who dare resort to such barbarous and
-uncivilized methods. Unfortunately Ta-Ling has the entire confidence of
-the viceroy, and has poisoned his ear against the wiser counsel of the
-general.”
-
-“Is the mission still unharmed?” Phil interrupted anxiously.
-
-“Yes,” Emmons answered promptly, “the viceroy has given the general
-orders that it be guarded from attack, although Ta-Ling has been making
-desperate efforts to gather together the rebels, who were dispersed by
-the foreign sailors at Lien-Chow. If he should succeed in having the
-general’s soldiers withdrawn from their camp near the mission, he may
-yet succeed in his cherished wish.”
-
-“But Ta-Ling himself has enemies,” Phil exclaimed. “It must have been
-these who attempted to drown him in the river.”
-
-“The one who attempted to drown him in the river is sitting opposite
-you in the person of General Hang-Ki,” Emmons answered, smiling at
-the lads’ astonished faces. “Knowing that the general would not lend
-himself to the intrigues against the lives of foreigners, Ta-Ling
-decided to put the general out of the way. The night you saved the
-secretary from the river and, as you supposed, received this priceless
-royal jade ring as a reward, his Excellency was spending the night with
-me on my house-boat. The general, if possible, always sleeps in the
-open air, and this aided the would-be murderer in his design. I had
-been asleep for some hours when I was aroused by cries, and hurrying
-to where I had left the general sleeping, I saw him hurl the body of a
-man overboard; but the assassin had nearly accomplished his purpose as
-the knife thrust over the general’s heart will show.” Emmons turned his
-tongue to the Chinese language, and the general baring his chest, the
-lads gazed in horror at the terrible wound.
-
-“We believed,” continued Emmons, “that the man was only a robber, until
-we saw this ring and heard your story, but now there can be no doubt
-that the would-be assassin was the viceroy’s interpreter, Ta-Ling
-himself.”
-
-“Is it likely,” Phil asked incredulously, “that if the man was Ta-Ling,
-he would give me this ring?”
-
-“He didn’t give you the ring, you can be sure of that,” Emmons replied
-decidedly; “it slipped off his finger when he thanked you. Afterward
-when he missed it, he doubtless thought he had lost it in the river.”
-
-“Do you suppose he has recognized me as the one who pulled him out of
-the river?” Phil asked suddenly, grasping at the hope that the Chinaman
-might befriend him; but Emmons quickly dashed this hope to the ground.
-
-“The night was dark, and besides, after his experience in the river,
-for he cannot swim, I doubt if he remembers much of what happened.
-According to the old law of China he would not dare for his soul’s
-peace to take your life if he knew you had saved him, but Ta-Ling is
-a progressive Chinaman, and considers his self-preservation in this
-world of more importance than the peace of his spirit hereafter. If
-this attempt on the life of a trusted general of the emperor were
-known, Ta-Ling could not be saved by even the viceroy. The penalty is
-death by a terrible torture.”
-
-“Will the general report this occurrence to the viceroy?” Phil asked
-excitedly, his hopes again rising that the interpreter might be
-disposed of and Langdon and the rest of the hostages liberated to
-return to the safety of their ships.
-
-“The general believes that the time has not come to expose him,” Emmons
-answered, lowering his voice to almost a whisper. “Ta-Ling is now the
-master of the viceroy’s yamen and if we failed to break his authority
-he would make certain of your destruction, reporting to the viceroy
-that you all had committed suicide for shame at your misdeeds.”
-
-Both midshipmen’s faces broke into smiles in spite of the serious
-situation. Emmons, seeing the merriment caused by his words, hastened
-to explain.
-
-“I know that such an idea is entirely foreign to the American mind,
-but not so with the Chinese. If a man knows he has committed some deed
-which his fellows condemn, he is ashamed, or as we say in China, ‘loses
-face,’ and he is very likely to commit suicide to regain his good name.
-And again, a Chinaman held prisoner may take his own life for revenge
-against his captors.”
-
-“They needn’t fear that from us,” Phil replied. “We’ll cling to life as
-long as we are able.”
-
-“That’s what the general and I have come to help you in,” Emmons said
-in sympathy; “the jailer has already been cautioned to say nothing of
-the ring, and the soldier who brought it to the general is no friend of
-Ta-Ling; but even with this doubt removed your lives are in danger so
-long as you are held by the viceroy. An ultimatum was received from the
-American commander last night that the allies have refused to approve
-the commander of the flag of truce’s promises and if the hostages are
-not liberated before noon to-morrow, the allied fleet would bombard the
-city. This has thrown the viceroy into a fever of fear, for he owns
-much valuable property in and about the city. He has given the general
-orders to open fire on the fleet if it again moves to an anchorage off
-the city.”
-
-“Will he obey the order?” Phil asked eagerly.
-
-“He must,” Emmons replied. “He dare not refuse a direct order from the
-viceroy, but he has demanded this order in writing, so as to protect
-himself when the day of reckoning comes. General Hang-Ki has sent a
-memorial to the viceroy protesting against this action; he realizes
-that these gunboats stand for many great battle-ships that would be
-sent against his forts as soon as the spring floods bring rising water
-in the Yangtse River.”
-
-The midshipmen were silent, while Emmons spoke to the general. The
-conversation lasted for several minutes, when finally the former again
-spoke in his father’s language.
-
-“The viceroy is ignorant of our presence here and we must soon leave
-you. If Ta-Ling should discover that we had talked with you, all hope
-for you would be over.”
-
-The midshipmen were cast down into the depths of despair. Then they
-were not to be liberated at all, and would again go back to their
-prison and be in the cruel clutches of that fiend Ta-Ling.
-
-“The general has done his best to arrange an escape,” were the cheering
-words from Emmons. “To-night you will be put in a cell away from the
-Chinese prisoners. The door of the cell will be unlocked. Here is
-a plan of the yamen, and I have marked your route to the gate and
-safety. I shall have chairs waiting you at the gate. Success depends
-upon yourselves; we dare not help you farther. In this room marked
-in pencil you will find mandarin robes, which you must put on. The
-guards throughout the yamen will be removed until midnight, so you must
-succeed before that time. The room in which you will find disguises is
-occupied by the viceroy’s treasurer. He is a close friend of Ta-Ling
-and cannot be bought. If you are discovered the general will be
-powerless to save you.”
-
-“And Langdon?” Phil asked earnestly, his heart beating high with hope.
-“We cannot go a step without him and our four sailors.”
-
-“That is more difficult,” Emmons replied with annoyance. “He is being
-constantly visited by Ta-Ling. To attempt his escape may defeat all.
-The four sailors are in another part of the yamen and except for cruel
-treatment are safe for the present. The general is grateful to you for
-revealing this plot against his own life, but his real intention is to
-give your captain information as to what will happen if he attempts
-to run by the forts. There is, however, a channel, known to only the
-Chinese, leading behind and close to the long narrow island on the
-opposite side of the river. This island is now covered with tall reed
-grass which will conceal the hulls of the gunboats from the rays of the
-search-lights of the fort. Here is a sketch plan of this channel. If
-your commander will start at night and use the channel I suggest, it
-may be that he can take his entire fleet past the forts undiscovered.
-I dare not take this message myself, for my movements are closely
-watched. I fear even now Ta-Ling may have discovered our purpose.”
-
-“Can we depend upon this information?” Sydney whispered to Phil, as
-Emmons and the general rose to their feet. “Might it not be a trick to
-blow the gunboats up by mines in this narrow channel?”
-
-Phil put the question to Emmons, but the latter assured them of the
-honesty of the general.
-
-“The general believes he is serving his country in giving this
-information,” he added; “he knows his people will suffer through the
-viceroy’s treachery. If the fleet can pass without being discovered, he
-cannot be held guilty of disobeying the order of the viceroy. So you
-see it is important that this message should reach your captain in time
-to prevent him from carrying out his threat of running the batteries.”
-
-Reluctantly the midshipmen agreed to leave Langdon and the four sailors
-behind and make the attempt to escape in order to carry the information
-of the secret channel to Commander Hughes. Each felt that in doing so
-they might be sacrificing their friend to the revenge of Ta-Ling when
-he had discovered the absence of the midshipmen, but the good of the
-cause demanded it be so.
-
-In but a few moments the jailer led the lads back to their distasteful
-prison.
-
-Passing a great tub of clear water, both lads looked longingly at it
-and then at their soiled hands. To their delight the Chinaman smiled
-and motioned that they might indulge in a bath.
-
-Delightedly the lads stripped their unclean clothes from their bodies
-and bathed in the soothing water. Forgetful of their surroundings,
-with the complacent jailer sitting close by an amused spectator, they
-talked gayly of their hoped-for deliverance. Then the bright smiles on
-their faces were suddenly frozen by the sound of a voice which they had
-learned to dread.
-
-“You seem very cheerful for men who are soon to be executed,” Ta-Ling
-said in his perfect English. “What has put my good friends in such
-excellent spirits?”
-
-Both midshipmen were speechless with astonishment. How long had this
-eavesdropper been listening? Had he discovered the intrigue of the
-Tartar general? These were the questions that passed through their
-minds. They waited in cruel suspense for the next words of their enemy
-to answer these fateful questions.
-
-Ta-Ling turned upon the trembling jailer, berating him soundly,
-punctuating his words with kicks and blows which the cringing man
-received without a sign of resentment.
-
-“I have told him that if I saw you laughing again,” he cried angrily,
-“he would have his head chopped off. Your treatment here has been too
-kind.”
-
-Then as an afterthought the mandarin picked up Phil’s uniform blouse
-from the ground at his feet and searched through the pockets carefully.
-Phil was terrified; the plan of the yamen was in his trousers pocket on
-the ground at the Chinaman’s feet. If he searched through his trousers,
-all hope of escape would be ended.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XII
-
-A DARING PLAN
-
-
-Ta-Ling threw down the coat impatiently and glanced disdainfully at
-the other articles of apparel. He then took up Phil’s muddy trousers
-gingerly as if fearful of soiling his esthetic hands. The lad’s heart
-was in his throat while he watched the Chinaman guardedly, striving to
-appear unconcerned, and cudgeling his brain for something to say in
-order to turn the man’s attention from a search of the guilty garment.
-
-“Why are you so bitter against my people?” Phil asked hoarsely. “Were
-you not educated in America?”
-
-Ta-Ling dropped the tattered garment, glancing up quickly, a scowl on
-his yellow face.
-
-“Why am I bitter against you?” he answered. “I despise everything
-American. Was I not put in a pen in San Francisco along with such
-cattle as coolies from Japan, Corea and my own country? Your stupid
-officials claimed not to be able to distinguish between us. I heard
-one say ‘All Chinks look alike to me.’ After the first experience,
-when I was washed and my clothes fumigated as if I had been a pauper
-immigrant, I got letters from college friends, but armed even with
-these I suffered indignities at the hands of these ignorant officials.
-When I left America with my graduation diploma in my pocket I took
-oath to my father’s spirit that I would consecrate my life to making
-foreigners respect the persons of the high class Chinese, and in
-starting this crusade I saw it was first necessary to drive all
-foreigners out of our sacred country.”
-
-Both midshipmen were astonished at the earnestness in Ta-Ling’s voice.
-If the situation had been reversed, would they have acted differently?
-Had not this man ample reason to hate all foreigners?
-
-“Even if some of our stupidly ignorant and irresponsible officials
-could not distinguish between ranks in your society,” Phil urged, “why
-should you revenge yourself against us? We are innocent of all blame.
-We came into your city under the sacred protection of a flag of truce,
-and in committing a crime against us you will only confirm foreigners
-in their belief that a Chinaman is not worthy of considerate treatment.
-Your cause will not be benefited, and your people will suffer; the
-allied fleet will avenge our deaths as was done in Peking.”
-
-“What do I care how many of these low-caste dogs die?” Ta-Ling retorted
-scornfully; “there are over four hundred million of such animals. Your
-deaths will force the foreign governments to wage war on China, and
-once this war is begun, our people will rise up from one end of the
-empire to the other to drive the foreigner from the soil of China.”
-
-“But the missionaries, who have at heart only the enlightenment of your
-people,” Phil urged, catching his clothes stealthily from the ground at
-Ta-Ling’s feet.
-
-“They, of all the foreigners who come to China,” the Chinaman returned
-somewhat shamefacedly, “are working unselfishly, but they must suffer
-with the others; all foreigners must go for China’s good.
-
-“I tell you these things,” he ended, turning to leave the midshipmen
-with their jailer, “because your death-warrants have already been
-signed by the viceroy. At the first hostile shot fired by the allies
-your heads will pay the forfeit and we shall attack the mission,
-guarded now by your sailors, and kill every foreigner within.”
-
-As Ta-Ling left them, the jailer seized the lads roughly and dragged
-them toward their cell. As the door closed behind them Phil shuddered
-at the demoniacal laughs of derision from their fellow prisoners.
-
-“Our cause has a bitter enemy in Ta-Ling,” Phil whispered, after the
-lads had been sitting on their hard wooden bench for several minutes
-and the noise from their prison mates had subsided; “but I believe
-he’ll fail. When Commander Hughes commences to throw his shells
-into the city, he’ll be one of the first, with all his vain show of
-patriotism, to cry enough and seek safety.”
-
-Sydney did not reply; his thoughts were upon the coming night, when the
-two midshipmen were to make their dash for freedom.
-
-After a few minutes he confided his fears to his friend.
-
-“If Ta-Ling finds that we have talked with the Tartar general we’re as
-good as dead men,” he said in an awed whisper.
-
-This terrible thought sent a shiver through Phil.
-
-“Did you notice the look on the jailer’s face when Ta-Ling was talking
-to him?” he continued in an anxious voice; “it was one of cringing
-fear. If Ta-Ling even suspects that we had been out of our cell and
-questions that man he will tell all. The jailer probably is keen enough
-to know that Hang-Ki and Ta-Ling are enemies, and of the two he fears
-the latter most.”
-
-“Well, the die is cast,” Phil answered, smiling with a great effort;
-“there’s no use crying over it. We are either going to escape to-night
-or we are going to have our heads chopped off out there in the
-courtyard. Nothing that we can do can alter our fate, so we might just
-as well look cheerful, even though we don’t feel that way,” and suiting
-his actions to his words he began to whistle the class march.
-
-Sydney sat mournfully listening, while the Chinese criminals crowded
-around them, jabbering noisily.
-
-The hours dragged wearily along. As the light through the barred door
-became dimmer, foretelling the end of the tedious day, the midshipmen’s
-hopes rose; so far Ta-Ling could not have learned of their visit to his
-enemy.
-
-The midshipmen were taken out into the courtyard as usual for their
-evening meal and after the meagre fare had been eaten with great effort
-by the anxious and impatient lads, the jailer removed their irons and
-washed carefully the aching sore on Sydney’s wrist.
-
-Phil was delighted to see that the man had recovered from his fear of
-a few hours ago, and that he lingered a much longer time than seemed
-necessary, for Sydney’s wrist had been securely bound with Phil’s
-handkerchief and appeared to be healing, auguring well for the success
-of the coming night.
-
-It was quite dark when the jailer had finished his solicitous
-attentions, and replaced the irons on their feet and hands. Motioning
-the midshipmen to follow him, he led them along the stone flagging
-of the courtyard, cautioning silence by raising his hand and shaking
-his head jerkily. Loaded down as they were with heavy chains, to move
-quietly was not an easy task, and was one calculated to fatigue the
-lads to an alarming extent after their two days of cruel torture in
-these steel bonds.
-
-After traversing nearly half the length of the courtyard, the jailer
-suddenly threw open a door, and forcefully pushed them through it into
-darkness. The door closed quietly behind his retreating figure.
-
-Their hearts beating fast, Phil and Sydney strained their ears to catch
-the first sound of alarm. Heavy footfalls approaching on the stone
-pavement soon told them the reason of the jailer’s haste and his sudden
-departure.
-
-Holding their breath tightly, they heard the newcomer stop hesitatingly
-before the door of their cell, then after a second he moved farther
-along, and finally the opening and shutting of a door told them he had
-entered a room near or even next to the one in which the two midshipmen
-had been so suddenly thrust.
-
-Sounds of a low-pitched voice came distinctly to their ears through
-the frail partition; the lads listened eagerly. Then the bold tones of
-Langdon’s voice sounded distinctly.
-
-“For a man who was educated among white men,” he was saying in a
-scornful voice, “you seem to have a queer idea of our honesty. If you
-liberate all, I’ll take the letter to our captain, but I shall not tell
-him I believe the viceroy will play fair, for I don’t believe he will.
-I don’t trust him, nor you. Send the letter by one of your own people,
-and see what answer he’ll send back. The threat that at the first gun
-fired by the allies our heads will be chopped off will not affect his
-plans. What are two midshipmen, four sailors, and a pilot to a country
-like ours?”
-
-“Commander Ignacio and two of the allied gunboats have accepted the
-viceroy’s word and are back at their old anchorage,” Ta-Ling’s voice
-urged. “That shows the viceroy’s good faith.”
-
-“Don’t talk to me of that traitor,” Langdon exclaimed; “he isn’t white
-anyway; his skin is as yellow as yours.”
-
-“Then you refuse your life?” Ta-Ling’s voice asked.
-
-“You Chinese are a soft-brained lot,” Langdon said, ignoring the
-question; “your intrigue is as plain as children’s play. Men like
-Ignacio might be fooled. I don’t know what promises you’ve made to
-him. Probably offered to give his countrymen the railroad concession
-to Peking, which your viceroy has cheated the Americans out of by
-his underhand dealings; but you ought to know after four years at an
-American college that we are not that kind. Commander Hughes is in this
-river to see that Americans are left unmolested, in accordance with the
-treaties made between the two countries.”
-
-“I suppose you know that when I was in your America I personally
-investigated nearly a score of murders of Chinese in what you call the
-West. Each case was as brutal and flagrant as any that has occurred in
-China,” Ta-Ling’s voice broke in triumphantly. “How then can you boast
-of the honesty of your people?--for in not a single instance were the
-murderers punished.”
-
-“That’s because you Chinese are a weak race, and haven’t the back-bone
-to stand up for your rights,” Langdon replied, “while we are men enough
-to insist on fair treatment for our citizens abroad. That’s where you
-are lacking in national character.”
-
-A rattle of chains and harsh cries of rage and pain followed the
-sally of Langdon, causing the listeners to hold themselves rigid with
-suppressed excitement.
-
-“That beast!” Phil whispered. “I wish I had let him drown.”
-
-“I’ll go to your midshipmen friends,” Ta-Ling said sullenly. “I believe
-they are frightened enough to be bought by the price you refuse.
-Remember, I’ve given you the last chance you’ll get.”
-
-Langdon was apparently too angry to speak. The lads could hear
-distinctly his heavy breathing, caused by some torture administered by
-this cruel Chinaman.
-
-“You’re trying to hedge, is that it?” the thick voice of the pilot was
-heard to say; “or do you count upon catching the gunboats unawares as
-they steam by the forts flying flags of truce?”
-
-The Chinaman administered a vicious kick in answer, and the lads held
-their breath in almost a panic as they heard the door of Langdon’s cell
-close and Ta-Ling’s footsteps die slowly away down the courtyard.
-
-“It’s all up with us,” Sydney breathed hopelessly. “He’ll soon find
-we are not in our prison, and then----” he ended with a shiver as his
-thoughts dwelt upon the terrible death by decapitation.
-
-A loud clank made the overwrought midshipmen start terrified; then Phil
-fairly gasped with surprise and joy; his arm manacles had fallen to the
-ground.
-
-In the darkness he quickly reached out and grasped Sydney’s hand,
-fingering nervously the cruel iron bracelets. The metal rings were
-clamped but unlocked, and he readily removed the irons from his
-companion’s hands. In but a moment more they both stood free of their
-retaining bonds.
-
-“Ta-Ling and the jailer,” Phil whispered as a sound of approaching
-footsteps became audible. “If they enter here we must overpower them.
-It’s our one chance now.”
-
-Sydney moved closer to Phil, taking his hand in silence, and pressing
-it in sign of his readiness to follow his friend’s lead.
-
-“They must make no outcry,” Phil continued. “I’ll take the one nearest
-me.”
-
-The Chinamen stopped at the cell door, and the voice of Ta-Ling was
-raised angrily, storming in Chinese at the jailer, apparently for
-daring to remove the prisoners from their former cell.
-
-The midshipmen retreated until their backs touched the wall of the
-narrow cell, having replaced their hand irons to appear to be still in
-chains.
-
-A dim light shone into their cell as the door swung loudly open, and
-the scowling face of Ta-Ling appeared, with the jailer behind him,
-timidly holding up an oil lantern.
-
-“So you didn’t like to be kept with the rest of the cattle?” Ta-Ling’s
-cruel voice began. Then he stopped suddenly, and threw up his head with
-a wicked laugh. “You’ve heard Langdon’s answer, then?” he continued,
-signing to the terrified and trembling jailer to put down the lantern
-on the solitary wooden bench. The man entered the cell to obey, leaving
-the door open.
-
-Phil saw the time had come for action. He sought Sydney’s eye, then
-stealthily moved his foot, quietly throwing the door off its balance,
-allowing it to swing slowly closed. He had purposely moved so that
-Ta-Ling in addressing him must turn his back upon Sydney and the
-jailer. Burning with excitement he watched Sydney grasp his hand irons
-firmly. The great bulk of the jailer loomed almost grotesquely in
-the light of the flickering lantern. Fearing that Ta-Ling might be
-attracted by the eagerness which he was powerless to hide, Phil lowered
-his gaze, but out of the tail of his eye he was conscious that the iron
-flashed in the lamplight as the click of the shutting door caused the
-interpreter to glance toward it suspiciously.
-
-Then a rattle of chain and a dull sound behind him made Ta-Ling swing
-suddenly around. Phil’s opportunity had arrived. With fingers itching
-for this cruel Chinaman’s throat he sprang upon him, smothering the
-cry that was ready to give the alarm to the yamen guard, and bore him
-heavily to the ground. In the flickering light he saw the man’s face
-turn livid, then purple, while his muscles relaxed. Glancing up, he saw
-Sydney removing a great bunch of keys from the prostrate body of the
-jailer.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XIII
-
-HOPES OF ESCAPE
-
-
-Ta-Ling had ceased to struggle; his eyes protruded in ghastly fashion,
-while through his open mouth his tongue showed blue and swollen. Phil
-was terrified at the sight, believing he had killed the Chinaman, but
-upon opening his coat he felt his heart beating faintly.
-
-With a sigh of great relief he rose to his feet and, taking the lantern
-in his hand, he scanned his prostrate victim.
-
-“You must put on his clothes and release Langdon,” Sydney whispered,
-holding the keys out toward Phil.
-
-Without a word, but with fingers trembling with excitement, the lad
-stooped down, stripping the robes from the inanimate form; the baggy
-trousers, the silken hose and satin shoes and the long flowing robe
-with the mandarin square of the scholar embroidered in gold on its
-front.
-
-Discarding his naval uniform he hastily put on his enemy’s garments.
-When completely clothed he turned to Sydney, who gasped with
-astonishment at the altered appearance of his friend. The hat with its
-horsetail plume and pink button concealed his long front hair which in
-a Chinaman is always missing, being shaved close to his scalp.
-
-Sydney immediately followed his comrade’s example and was soon arrayed
-in the costume of the Chinese jailer.
-
-Phil pointed to their discarded irons and in a few moments they had
-snapped feet and hand manacles over the helpless limbs of Ta-Ling. Then
-they both turned impatiently toward the door. Phil hesitated for an
-instant.
-
-“They may come to before we can make our escape,” he said. “We must gag
-them.”
-
-Stripping their prisoners of their undergarments, these as gags were
-tied firmly over their mouths.
-
-“I hope he doesn’t smother,” Phil whispered in some alarm; “he seems to
-be hardly breathing.”
-
-“We can’t take any chances now,” Sydney returned calmly; “it’s their
-life or ours. If we are caught now nothing can save us.”
-
-To make more sure of their prisoners, the arms of each were bound to
-their sides, so that upon regaining consciousness they could not work
-their gags off their mouths and give the alarm to the yamen.
-
-“I hope they’ll be found before they starve to death,” Phil said
-anxiously. “I fear the jailer will feel that we are ungrateful for his
-aid. I don’t dare liberate him; he may in fear betray us into the hands
-of the guard.”
-
-“They’ll surely be found in the morning,” Sydney assured him. “Our
-friends the prisoners will clamor when their breakfast doesn’t appear,
-and then a search will be made for him and for us too. If we are not
-found before,” he ended grimly.
-
-“What’s this!” Phil exclaimed, drawing from the inside pocket of his
-Chinese coat a number of papers and examining them in the light of the
-lantern. “A telegram!” he cried, “and addressed to Commander Hughes!”
-
-Both lads gazed at the sealed envelope as if they would like to bore
-through the outer covering and read the message within.
-
-“Dare we open it?” Phil asked. “If it is in the ordinary cipher I know
-the key word. It may be something important, and as well for us to know
-the contents if we lose the telegram. And here is a letter addressed
-to the captain,” he continued excitedly. “This is surely the one which
-Ta-Ling tempted Langdon to take. But come,” he added hastily, “we must
-not allow him to be a minute longer in his chains.”
-
-Taking the keys from Sydney’s hand, he opened the cell door and led
-the way to the door of Langdon’s prison. There was no sound in the
-enclosure except an occasional shrill cry from the prisoners at the
-far corner. As they waited in the silent courtyard to make sure all
-was well before entering, Langdon’s heavy breathing came distinctly to
-their ears.
-
-After a few seconds Phil selected the right key and the next moment the
-door swung open, while the lad whispered softly:
-
-“Langdon!”
-
-But there was no answer; then the dim light shed its fitful rays about
-the dungeon and the lad gave a smothered cry of concern, for the sight
-which met his gaze was indeed appalling: Langdon, bound tightly, was
-triced up to a beam overhead by his feet and the iron ring about his
-neck, and he was by degrees strangling to death.
-
-The anxious lads quickly cut the ropes and lowered the insensible man
-to the floor. Then removing the irons they worked over him anxiously
-while the time passed on winged feet. Finally the pilot opened his eyes
-and stared at the lads with angry, sullen eyes, making a futile attempt
-to speak.
-
-“You miserable coward,” he finally managed to say in a thick whisper.
-“I hope some day you’ll be treated as you’ve treated me.”
-
-The midshipmen were at first so taken aback that they were silent. Then
-the comical part of the tragedy appealed to them and in that instant
-Langdon recognized his rescuers.
-
-“We’ve got him now in almost the same condition that you were in,” Phil
-whispered.
-
-The pilot gazed in wonder at the midshipmen. Raising a trembling hand
-he passed it over his eyes uncertainly, as if he would sweep away the
-delusion.
-
-“What does it mean?” he asked weakly.
-
-“It means that we are for the time free,” Phil answered; “but come,
-we must start. If we delay Ta-Ling may be missed and a search for him
-would spoil all. Can you walk?” he asked solicitously.
-
-“In a minute,” the pilot replied. “Help me to my feet. I’d have been
-gone in a half hour more,” he added, feeling his sore and swollen
-throat.
-
-The lads helped him to his feet and he stood unsteadily, leaning his
-great weight on their shoulders.
-
-“It was partly our fault,” Sydney said apologetically; “he no doubt
-intended coming back and lowering you; but we couldn’t allow him to
-leave our cell.”
-
-After a few minutes more to permit Langdon to regain his strength and
-give the blood a chance to circulate into his cramped limbs, Phil made
-the motion to follow, and all three noiselessly filed out into the
-courtyard and entered the cell where the Chinamen were lying.
-
-The interpreter’s breathing showed that he would soon regain his
-senses. Langdon glared triumphantly down upon the villain who would
-gladly kill all the foreigners within the Chinese Empire.
-
-“He’s not half gagged,” he exclaimed in a hoarse whisper. Then he
-untied the gag which the lads had made and jammed the mandarin’s mouth
-full of his own clothing, binding it in with a tight bandage. After
-rearranging the jailer’s gag, he arose and gloated over the fallen
-favorite of the viceroy.
-
-Phil had torn open the telegram and in the dim light scanned it
-anxiously. Then he drew from his pocket a pencil and in silence wrote
-the key word above the words of the message. Sydney regarded him in a
-fever of excitement. Finally Phil’s pencil was still and he looked up
-with a white, anxious face.
-
-“I’d like to destroy it, but I don’t dare,” he said. Then he read in a
-voice trembling with emotion:
-
-“Department condemns your actions in entering To-Yan Lake and attacking
-Chinese soldiers. Proceed immediately back to Ku-Ling and offer ample
-apology to viceroy. Consider yourself relieved of your command.”
-
-If a shell had exploded in their midst the eager listeners could not
-have been more surprised.
-
-“Burn it up,” Langdon exclaimed indignantly. “That’s the way things are
-run from a distance of ten thousand miles.” Then his glance encountered
-the wide-open eyes of Ta-Ling and he snorted with rage as he roughly
-jerked the bound Chinaman to his feet.
-
-“Did you hear it?” he cried.
-
-The mandarin’s eyes burned balefully as he nodded his head in assent.
-Langdon released the Chinaman, and but for Phil’s steadying hand he
-would have fallen to the floor. Then the pilot raised the long braided
-cue of the interpreter and with a swift cut of his jack-knife severed
-it close up to the Chinaman’s head; the next second, holding it out to
-Phil, he cried gleefully:
-
-“Put this on under your cap; it’s all you need to complete your costume.
-
-“You won’t be so keen to show yourself in public hereafter,” he
-continued spitefully to the mandarin.
-
-Ta-Ling was beside himself with rage, but he could only grow red and
-utter inarticulate sounds, while Langdon sat on the wooden bench
-laughing scornfully at the disgraced official.
-
-“If he doesn’t commit suicide in twenty-four hours, it’s because
-he’s chicken-hearted.” Langdon laughed in a low tone, mainly for the
-Chinaman’s ear. The pilot knew he held the secret of the cablegram.
-Apparently he had guessed at the contents and was going to send it
-together with the letter for the American captain. If the viceroy
-knew the stand that was being taken by the American government, every
-missionary in the valley of the Yangtse would be unsafe. The mandarin
-officials in the towns of the provinces were as yet guarding the
-foreigners against attack until they could be sure of the outcome at
-Ku-Ling. Once the viceroy had humbled the foreign pride then the rabble
-would be free to indulge its aroused hatred.
-
-Phil cut short the pilot’s mirth by taking him by the arm and leading
-him silently to the door. Once outside the cell the lad showed him the
-sketch plan of the yamen with the path they must take to reach the room
-where clothes would be found.
-
-“If we only knew where the sailors are,” Sydney whispered.
-
-Phil shook his head. It might only defeat them, and the sailors would
-be no better off.
-
-Langdon for the first time realized that he was not in the plot and
-would have asked many questions, but Phil and Sydney grasped him firmly
-on each side as if he were their prisoner and marched openly down the
-stone pavement of the courtyard. The place indicated on the sketch was
-easily found and Phil, leaving his companions, pushed the door quietly
-open. The room was lighted by a single swinging lamp, while in one
-corner sat a Chinaman reckoning laboriously on his abacus, a counting
-device used by the Oriental races; the click of the small wooden balls
-as he moved them along their wires sounded distinctly in the quiet of
-the room.
-
-As Phil closed the door softly behind him the Chinaman glanced up
-casually, speaking a few words in his guttural tongue. The lad made
-no reply, but glanced about hastily to make sure those near could not
-discover what was about to happen. His heart was beating fast. He saw
-a door beyond the victim which he knew must lead directly into the
-viceroy’s own apartments; voices, almost inaudible, came to his ears
-from the rooms on the other side of that slender partition. He saw
-that he must work quickly and silently. Any moment the door might open
-and he would be discovered, for his disguise would be useless under
-the direct gaze of a Chinese mandarin. The treasurer had seen him but
-indistinctly and had taken for granted that he was Ta-Ling.
-
-[Illustration: _HE MEASURED THE STRENGTH OF HIS ANTAGONIST_]
-
-Moving silently to the side of the absorbed Chinaman, Phil stood for
-the fraction of a second looking down on his work. His eyes sought out
-the curve of the neck in its enveloping robe while he measured the
-strength of his antagonist. Raising his hands in readiness, he poised
-them aloft ready to grasp the slender neck within his muscular fingers.
-
-As if by premonition of the danger threatening him, the Chinaman
-dropped his hands from the abacus and glanced swiftly up into Phil’s
-face. The next second the midshipman’s hands had encircled his neck
-and the terrified outcry which the lad saw in his frightened eyes was
-stifled.
-
-“Hurry, Langdon!” Phil whispered over his shoulder, as the pilot
-noiselessly entered to dress himself in one of the many robes hanging
-about the room.
-
-While Phil slowly reduced the treasurer to a harmless state, the pilot
-made a hasty change, and as the lads had done, rolled his own clothes
-in a bundle, concealing them under his flowing robe.
-
-With articles of clothing the Americans silently bound and gagged the
-treasurer and laid his body away, hidden from the view of the casual
-observer entering the room; then the three proceeded to carry out the
-last and most trying stage of their perilous adventure.
-
-Phil leading, they arrived in sight of the outer gate. So far no
-guards had been met, but now with sinking heart Phil saw a large crowd
-gathered on the outside of the open gateway. Soldiers, their muskets
-in hand, stood stolidly on guard, while others sat on the ground,
-chattering volubly. Was this but the usual crowd always seen at the
-gates of a Chinese yamen--the poor awaiting crumbs from the rich man’s
-table? Overhead several oil lanterns shed their meagre light upon the
-assemblage. The score or more of Chinese would surely penetrate their
-disguise! He saw Langdon raise his hand with its flowing sleeve to his
-face, and quickly imitated the movement, nudging Sydney to do likewise.
-
-A hoarse cry rang out from the guard at the gate as they approached,
-which sent chills of terror down the lad’s spine. His first inclination
-was to turn and flee back into the yamen and he stopped so abruptly
-that Sydney trod on his heels. What were the men at the gate calling to
-each other?
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XIV
-
-THE ESCAPE
-
-
-For the moment the midshipmen were sure that they had been discovered.
-Then Langdon’s low voice reassured them:
-
-“Come, it’s all right. They take us for mandarins, and are calling the
-guard to ‘attention.’ Keep your sleeves over your faces and don’t look
-up as we pass.”
-
-Again the Americans were in motion toward the lighted gateway. With
-hearts beating high, in a terrible suspense, their feet mechanically
-carried them slowly toward the spot where they would be under the fire
-of a scrutiny of scores of people whose nationality the Americans were
-endeavoring to counterfeit. Would not the Chinese see through their
-flimsy disguise? As the escaping men passed the first guard, he raised
-his rifle smartly to the “present” in salute, but the quick motion
-struck terror to Phil’s heart, making him jump aside involuntarily as
-if he were dodging an expected blow. Shamefacedly the lad recovered
-himself by a great effort. In a moment more the gateway was passed and
-the Americans found themselves on the edge of the inquisitive crowd.
-
-Langdon raised his hand, and immediately three chairs were brought by
-coolies from the edge of the narrow street and placed obediently on the
-ground before them. Phil longed to be within the shadow of the chair
-canopies. How could these Chinamen be so easily deceived! As he fairly
-dived into the friendly darkness of the nearest chair he cast a swift,
-uneasy glance at the crowd. The reason of their immunity was plain.
-The eyes of the crowd were directed upon the ground for fear in the
-presence of their all-powerful rulers.
-
-Langdon gave a brief order in Chinese. With high hopes for success Phil
-felt his chair borne upward to the muscular shoulders of the coolie
-carriers and then with loud shouts of warning to the crowd to make
-way, they started off in a long, swinging walk. Phil drew his curtains
-tightly shut and lay back with a great sigh of relief in his cushioned
-seat.
-
-They were out of the yamen at last, but the city gate must yet be
-passed. If their absence were discovered while they were yet within the
-walled city their recapture was assured.
-
-Although the coolies traveled at a lively pace, it seemed to the
-anxious Americans that they were but crawling through the deserted
-streets; the Chinese on account of the lateness of the hour were all
-within their hovel-like houses. An occasional soldier, clanking a chain
-loudly to frighten away demons, and calling out in his harsh language
-that all was well, brought a sudden shock to Phil’s high-strung nerves.
-
-At last the gate of the city was reached and the chairs stopped.
-Through his bamboo screen Phil saw that the guards were hesitating
-about opening the gate. Once a gate was closed an order from the
-viceroy alone could open it between the setting and rising of the sun.
-
-An officer came forward, peering inside the protecting hoods. Phil
-believed that all was lost as he felt, even in the gloom of his chair,
-the scrutinizing gaze upon him. The officer spoke a few words, and the
-lad realized by the rising inflection in the man’s voice that he was
-asking a question. The midshipman nodded and raising his hand pointed
-haughtily to the gate.
-
-Then to his joy the officer withdrew his head as if satisfied and gave
-an order in a loud voice. Immediately the gate swung open and with a
-rattle of rusty chain the drawbridge was lowered.
-
-Quickly the Americans were carried through the gate and across the
-moat. They had left the terrors of the walled city and were now upon
-the neutral ground of the foreign concession. As they passed over the
-wide streets, in great contrast to the ill-kept, narrow ones of the
-Chinese city, the pungent odors of the docks struck pleasantly upon
-their nostrils.
-
-Phil’s chair was still in the lead, and the Chinese carriers, as if
-acting under instructions, trudged steadily onward to the “Bund,” the
-street paralleling the water front. Finally the coolies halted, putting
-the chairs down for the occupants to alight. Phil disentangled himself
-from the enshrouding curtains and stood on the broad street, joyfully
-inhaling the fresh air of the river, while Langdon waved the coolies to
-be gone.
-
-Once alone the Americans were at liberty to talk. Phil told in as few
-words as possible of their visit to Emmons and the Tartar general.
-
-“Where is Emmons?” Langdon exclaimed irritably. “We’re in as much
-danger as ever here. The foreigners have all fled. The concession is
-deserted, and doubtless the streets are full of robbers who would
-very cheerfully pitch us into the river for the sake of a few Mexican
-dollars.”
-
-Phil was about to disclaim any knowledge of the whereabouts of the
-half-breed, when Sydney’s exclamation of surprise drew his attention to
-three small gunboats anchored in the river but a short distance away,
-and the bright lights of a steam launch approaching the jetty from one
-of their dark hulls.
-
-Phil’s heart was filled with joy. Here at last was safety!
-
-The three men hastened gladly to the landing at which the launch had
-arrived, while Phil stepped forward to accost an officer who had
-hastily left the launch and was approaching up the ladder from the
-landing float below.
-
-“You are late,” the newcomer said irritably. “I’ve been watching the
-landing for over an hour.”
-
-Phil was about to reply, but something which he could not explain held
-his tongue, for he recognized instantly the voice of Ignacio.
-
-“Where are your chairs?” Commander Ignacio continued; “you can hardly
-expect me to walk through the dirty streets of your ill-smelling city,
-even for the pleasure of seeing that young braggart tortured in true
-Chinese fashion. You see I am not entirely confident of you and your
-viceroy, so I have brought along a few companions;” he pointed toward
-the float, where eight or ten sailors had disembarked from the launch,
-rifles in hand.
-
-Phil’s tongue clove to the top of his mouth at the suddenness of their
-dilemma. What should he do? Ignacio had said too much now to cover his
-tracks, and his sailors would undoubtedly obey his orders, even to
-killing three innocent Americans in cold blood.
-
-“Come, what are we waiting for?” the foreigner added, grasping Phil’s
-arm, and turning him away from the river. “I don’t want to lose all my
-sleep; it’s nearly ten o’clock now.”
-
-Phil’s companions stood by speechless. Even Langdon with all his sang
-froid was at a loss what to do. To reveal their true character to their
-enemy would mean that at the least he would take them forcibly back to
-the viceroy. Phil at the Naval Academy had been declared a fine mimic
-and in the class minstrel shows he had to the delight of the brigade
-caricatured and impersonated each of the officers on duty at the
-school. Could he impersonate Ta-Ling? Was it possible to imitate his
-voice and the peculiar pronunciation of the English words? It was their
-only hope. Even if he failed, they could be no worse off.
-
-By a great effort he stilled the rapid heartbeats and brought his
-trembling voice under control.
-
-“I was detained by his Excellency the viceroy,” he began in a voice
-that startled even himself and made Langdon and Sydney fairly jump
-with surprise and glance hastily around for the owner of that despised
-voice; “but if you are now ready we can start. The chairs are up the
-street only a short distance.”
-
-Commander Ignacio voiced his willingness and the two men in the lead,
-followed by Sydney and the pilot, retraced their steps toward the gate
-of the walled city.
-
-“Send your men back to the ship,” Phil, stopping suddenly, said in the
-voice of Ta-Ling. “You know me well enough to know that I have no wish
-to harm you.”
-
-Commander Ignacio hesitated. Doubtless he felt safer with a few trusty
-sailors between himself and the treacherous Chinese.
-
-“Did you send my telegrams?” he asked quickly; “and have any come from
-Washington for that American pig?”
-
-“Yours were sent,” Phil answered promptly, “but the American captain
-has received none.”
-
-“Well, it will come, I’m sure, and then after he is disgraced, I
-shall be chosen as the leader of the allies,” the foreign captain
-said boastfully; “but you must keep your part of the contract and
-hold your people in check until I can get the credit of quelling
-the disturbance. Say a month before you kill these flat-chested
-missionaries.”
-
-“That was our agreement,” Phil replied; “now show that you have
-confidence in me and send your men aboard.”
-
-Commander Ignacio reluctantly left Phil’s side and walked back to the
-landing float to give his orders.
-
-“Don’t open your mouths!” Phil whispered in a tense voice. “When his
-men are once out of sight I’ll lead him to where he thinks the chairs
-are waiting. When I raise my hand, jump on him like a ton of brick. The
-chairs we got were waiting for Ta-Ling and they may now be waiting for
-him near here, so we must be quiet about it. I noticed the coolies were
-surprised when Langdon motioned them to go.”
-
-Phil had barely finished his instructions before Commander Ignacio
-rejoined him.
-
-“I’ve sent them back,” he said in a voice that showed plainly his
-dislike at so doing, “and ordered the launch to return and wait for me.
-Have you the viceroy’s promise for the railroad concession?” he ended
-covetously; “it means fifty thousand[1] Mexican to you when the deed
-is signed.”
-
-“Yes, that’s all fixed,” Phil replied, now laughing inwardly at the
-success of his strategy, as he saw the steam launch with the sailors
-leave the float and head back to their ship.
-
-“Remember your promise to make way with those three Americans. Their
-government will do nothing except demand satisfaction,” the foreigner
-urged earnestly. “That means a little money squeezed from the viceroy’s
-hoarded savings and half a dozen cut-throats beheaded in the presence
-of the American representatives.”
-
-“But you only asked that one of them be executed,” Phil returned,
-aghast at his joke on such a gruesome topic.
-
-“Well, I might have said only one,” Ignacio made answer; “he is the
-darker of the two midshipmen; the one that dared rebuke me at the
-council before the viceroy; but the others know too much to go free.”
-
-By this time the party had left the docks and were walking slowly up
-the street leading to the city gate. The street was in darkness. The
-few lanterns had not been lighted since the exodus of the foreigners,
-and as they passed the large buildings, it was plainly seen that the
-foreign concession had been given over to pillage; the steps and
-pavement in front were littered with articles which could not easily be
-carried away by the avaricious Chinamen.
-
-“Have you a revolver?” Phil asked. “I am not armed, and sometimes these
-robbers are dangerous if they think they can get money.”
-
-Phil wanted to know if Ignacio was armed. He feared that in the
-struggle which was soon to come a pistol might be accidentally
-discharged, which would not only arouse the Chinese guards at the gate
-scarcely a few hundred yards away, but might bring a party of sailors
-from Commander Ignacio’s ship.
-
-“Yes, two; one in each pocket,” the foreigner answered, shoving his
-hands in the pockets of his naval tunic. “I always carry them, and I
-can shoot through my coat from the hip and hit every time.”
-
-“Good,” Phil thought; “they’ll come in very handy for us before the
-night is over.”
-
-They were nearing a part of the street which to the lad seemed the very
-place to carry out his design to render harmless the companion walking
-so confidently beside him.
-
-“Our chairs should be near here,” he said, leading the way down a
-narrow alley behind a great white building, the English Bank, which
-Phil recognized as the scene of his first encounter with Commander
-Ignacio. What spot could be more fitting for this last encounter?
-Then he continued: “What makes you think a telegram will come from
-Washington disgracing the American captain?”
-
-“The telegram you sent me this morning was from my friend, the naval
-attaché in Washington; he says it is already published in the American
-paper,” Commander Ignacio answered. “Everything is printed in the
-newspapers in America, you know. They do not understand there the
-military value of secrecy, which is the fundamental basis of diplomacy.”
-
-Phil ground his teeth in rage and mortification. He could have struck
-the man down for talking of his country and countrymen so slurringly.
-Yet he could only acknowledge that the man was but repeating what had
-often been said in Europe.
-
-“Where are the chairs?” Commander Ignacio asked in some alarm, as they
-reached the end of the alley and it was apparent that the square,
-court-like space was empty. Phil appeared to search the deeper shadows
-with his eyes, at the same time making the guttural call which he had
-heard used by Chinamen calling to them a chair and coolies. Ignacio
-still had one hand in his pocket and Phil felt sure his nervous finger
-was on a trigger. The lad racked his brain to devise some scheme to get
-him off his guard. Even now his suspicions might have been aroused.
-
-Langdon and Sydney were close behind their victim, doubtless watching
-eagerly for the sign from Phil. Ignacio stood close to a door, his
-right hand, which was no doubt encircling the butt of a revolver,
-nearest the knob.
-
-“Try that door,” Phil said in as careless tones as he could command.
-“It’s rather damp outside and they might have gone inside to sleep.”
-
-It apparently did not occur to the foreigner that the great bulky
-chairs would not be taken inside, and if the coolies were there the
-chairs would have been plainly in evidence in the court, for he
-unguardedly took his right hand from his pocket and raised it to the
-doorknob.
-
-Phil waited not a second, but raised his hand quickly above his head.
-He saw the bodies of Sydney and Langdon hurl themselves upon the
-unguarded victim. Then the door flew open inward and his heart stopped
-beating with terror and dismay, while the silence was broken by the
-loud report of a pistol shot, accompanied by the most unearthly yells
-he had ever heard.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XV
-
-AN ENEMY SILENCED
-
-
-Langdon and Sydney had so forcibly driven their enemy to the ground
-that one of the revolvers, which was cocked, had gone off, the noise
-of the discharge reverberating through the bare building in a most
-startling way. Intent upon their work, the pilot had seized the wrists
-of the foreign captain in an iron grip, while Sydney quickly disarmed
-him.
-
-Phil’s heart stopped beating at the sight which presented itself as the
-door swung wide open. By the light of three or four dripping candles,
-he saw a dozen Chinamen seated about the floor of the room.
-
-As the lad forced his way boldly into the midst of the startled
-Chinamen, holding before him a revolver taken from Sydney’s hand in
-passing, the surprised Orientals threw themselves face downward upon
-the floor, whining piteously for mercy.
-
-Leaving the disarmed foreigner to Sydney, Langdon quickly joined
-the other midshipman, surrounded as he was by the cringing and
-terror-stricken natives.
-
-“Canton Chinamen,” he whispered; “these must be Emmons’ launch crews;
-but what are they doing here?”
-
-Langdon raised his voice, addressing the terrified men. At the sound of
-their own tongue a Chinaman raised himself tremblingly from the floor,
-his fear giving place to joy as he recognized the familiar voice of the
-pilot, whom he had so frequently seen piloting ships on the great river.
-
-After a few minutes’ conversation with the native Langdon turned to
-Phil, drawing the lad out of ear-shot of their helpless enemy lying
-upon the floor with Sydney’s muscular weight upon his chest.
-
-“It looks bad for us!” he exclaimed. “This man, Nam-Sing, is one of
-Emmons’ head men, and these men are his crew. A mob this afternoon
-looted the foreign concession and destroyed all of Emmons’ launches,
-butchering the Canton Chinese crews in cold blood. The foreign
-gunboats, he says, looked on and would not interfere. Emmons, he
-thinks, was killed. These men took refuge in the secret vaults of the
-bank, known by Nam-Sing because he was for some years employed here.
-Believing that all was quiet, they were trying to muster up courage to
-escape down the river.”
-
-Phil could have wept with disappointment. On the threshold of safety,
-they found their escape cut off. His mind sought for a way to overcome
-the difficulties. Ignacio’s launch was at the landing. Why could they
-not overpower the crew and escape in it? But he soon saw that this plan
-would be worse than foolhardy. They could not expect to pass the alert
-gunboat, and once alongside, the strategy would be discovered. But what
-else could be done? A junk was out of the question, for the wind was
-contrary, blowing up the river, and before they could hope to pass the
-forts, daylight would reveal them and the Chinese guns would soon make
-them return and surrender or else they would be sunk. The longer the
-Americans remained on shore the smaller were the chances for escape; it
-was but a matter of time before their absence from the yamen would be
-known. While the lad pondered wildly on a method of escape he saw the
-Chinaman Nam-Sing attract Langdon’s attention and then fairly explode
-in a volley of excited words.
-
-“He says that one of the launches is not so badly damaged,” the pilot
-whispered to Phil. “It’s a steam launch, but under the stern-boards is
-a small gasoline engine, and he thinks the mob did not destroy that,
-for it is hidden from view.”
-
-“Come on!” Phil exclaimed eagerly. Then he cast an uncertain look at
-the captive whom Sydney had bound hand and foot, securing a gag in his
-mouth and muffling his ears so that he could hear only the loudest
-tones.
-
-“We must leave him behind,” Langdon insisted immediately, interpreting
-the glance. “He must take his chances.”
-
-“I don’t dare leave him there,” Phil exclaimed. “He might be killed by
-the Chinese. No, the consequences would be too serious.”
-
-“Then what are we to do?” the pilot asked impatiently. “He would as
-soon stick a knife in you if you were in his power.”
-
-“I know,” Phil declared stoutly, “but I am going to get him on board
-his own ship.”
-
-“But how on earth can you?” Langdon exclaimed in disgust at Phil’s
-leniency. If the pilot could have had his way he would have wrung his
-neck then and there, which punishment the foreigner doubtless deserved.
-
-Phil did not reply immediately. A bold plan had flashed through his
-mind, and he was rapidly revolving it in his thoughts to discover if it
-was feasible.
-
-“Tell the Chinese to carry the prisoner,” he said finally, his mind
-fully made up to attempt the one scheme which seemed to give the
-foreign commander a chance for his life. If he left him in the foreign
-concession his life would not be worth a copper cash when the robbers
-from the city came back to complete their ghoulish work.
-
-Langdon trusted Phil’s judgment too thoroughly to demur, so he quietly
-gave Nam-Sing his orders, and then the three Americans started,
-cautiously leading the way down the alley and out upon the street
-running toward the river.
-
-Reaching the “Bund,” Nam-Sing pointed out the direction of the launch,
-which appeared to be their last chance for safety. Passing the waiting
-launch of Commander Ignacio, Phil glanced uneasily at the sailors; but
-they appeared to give them but passing notice.
-
-The midshipman saw Nam-Sing step aboard a black launch some hundred
-yards down the “Bund” from where their prisoner’s launch was lying.
-Phil directed that the bound foreigner be laid on the deck forward,
-then he watched impatiently the crew of the launch, under the guidance
-of the Chinese leading man, go to work with the usual Oriental
-industry. The lad saw at a glance that the engine and boiler were
-beyond patching; the machinery was a mass of twisted steel, while the
-boiler tubes were bent and wrenched from their sockets.
-
-Quickly uncoupling the useless engine from the propeller shaft,
-Nam-Sing directed the removal of the boards covering from view the
-small compact gas engine. With familiarity he tested out the spark
-circuit and examined the gear wheels, making sure all was right. After
-a delay of not more than ten minutes, although it seemed much more
-to the ever-increasing anxiety of the Americans, the Chinaman seized
-the crank lever, exerting his power to start the engine. The machine
-wheezed and sputtered. Again and again came the wheezing cough and when
-Phil was about to give up hope, it coughed volubly, then the smooth
-chug of the rapidly rotating engine struck joyfully on his ears.
-
-Langdon took his place at the wheel, while Phil motioned that all lines
-be cast off from the shore, and presently the launch moved slowly away
-from the dock out into the swift current of the river.
-
-“Head her for the starboard gangway of the ‘Albaque,’” Phil ordered in
-a calm voice, although his pulses were throbbing wildly.
-
-Langdon fairly jumped with surprise.
-
-“Why, man alive! What are you doing?” he exclaimed.
-
-In the gloom Phil almost smiled as he realized how odd his plan,
-without explanation, must seem to his companions.
-
-He spoke quietly, his manner calm, but decided.
-
-“We shall find a small boat in the water made fast to the lower
-swinging boom forward of the gangway. When we get alongside, I’ll go
-on board and give a message from their captain. While I’m on board you
-and Sydney move the launch ahead sufficiently to be able to drop the
-prisoner over the bow into the boat. Do it carefully and make no noise.
-He is securely bound and will lie there until the morning. By that time
-we shall, I hope, be safely out of his reach.”
-
-Langdon and Sydney could hardly control an expression of their
-enthusiasm at the conception of such a daring plan. Its very
-recklessness with Phil’s knack of mimicry would carry it safely through.
-
-A gruff hail in a foreign tongue came startlingly from the black hull
-of the gunboat, which the launch was slowly approaching.
-
-Phil waited a second for breath and then in the voice of the Chinese
-interpreter called across the water:
-
-“On the service of the viceroy.”
-
-As the launch stopped at the gangway of the war-ship Phil boldly
-ascended the ladder to the deck. There he found an officer awaiting
-him.
-
-“Commander Ignacio has sent me for a copy of the letter written by him
-yesterday to the viceroy. This letter has been lost in transit and he
-wishes to give his Excellency the copy.”
-
-Phil pronounced his words slowly, making his accent even broader than
-that used by the real Ta-Ling.
-
-“Will you wait?” the officer asked politely. “Commander Ignacio keeps
-his own papers. I shall endeavor to find it.”
-
-Phil bowed his willingness, and the foreign officer beckoning the
-quartermaster to follow with his lantern, the two disappeared within
-the cabin.
-
-The disguised midshipman saw the launch crawl slowly ahead, and a
-moment afterward his straining ear caught the indistinct sound of a
-body being lowered into the whale-boat tied at the boom of the gunboat.
-Then as the launch drifted almost imperceptibly back to its place at
-the ladder, the gleam of the lantern told him that the ship’s officers
-were returning.
-
-“Here is a package of letters marked for the viceroy,” the officer said
-as he emerged from the cabin; “but have you no written message from my
-captain?”
-
-Phil feared he had gone too far. He would like to hold the proofs of
-Commander Ignacio’s perfidy, but not at the risk of detection.
-
-“No, your captain gave me no letter,” he answered carelessly; “he
-supposed that Ta-Ling, the viceroy’s secretary, was well enough known;
-I am Ta-Ling, the viceroy’s secretary; but if you do not wish to
-trust me I shall return and get a letter from him. It will, however,
-displease both your commander and the viceroy.”
-
-The officer gave Phil a searching look, but apparently seeing nothing
-suspicious in his appearance, handed him the package.
-
-Phil was about to descend the ladder, when the officer, as if wishing
-to make amends for doubting the honesty of the Chinaman, stopped him by
-a motion of the hand.
-
-“There’s a Chinaman on board who came over in a sanpan, shortly after
-our captain left the ship. He had escaped from a mob ashore and asked
-our protection.”
-
-Phil held himself well in hand, fearing by undue interest he would
-jeopardize his cause.
-
-“Would you care to see him?” the officer continued.
-
-The midshipman nodded indifferently.
-
-“I must hurry,” he said; “my viceroy becomes very impatient if he is
-kept waiting.”
-
-An order was given to a sailor standing near and Phil saw the man go
-rapidly forward. The lad’s hopes ran high. Was it Emmons?
-
-A moment afterward Emmons was brought aft by the sailor messenger. The
-lantern was raised above the sailor’s head, shedding its light on the
-startled face of the half-breed. Phil regarded him with well-feigned
-loathing.
-
-“This man is an enemy of the viceroy,” Phil declared, in well simulated
-anger. “His escape would be a very serious matter. I can take him with
-me now if you will agree to trust him in my hands.”
-
-The officer did not exactly relish the turn of affairs. If he had made
-a mistake in delivering his captain’s letters and then the fugitive
-into the wrong hands, he knew he would suffer severely.
-
-“I dare not do that,” he said. “By my government’s regulations asylum
-must be given to all asking protection. To-morrow after my captain
-returns he will, if he sees fit, deliver him to the viceroy. I shall
-lock him up for safety and you can be sure he will not escape.”
-
-“But I have been searching for this man,” Phil declared, his voice now
-really earnest. He must get Emmons from his perilous position. “It is
-all-important that he be taken to the viceroy to-night. I can assure
-you that if your captain were here he would deliver him up to Ta-Ling.”
-
-All suspicion had disappeared from the officer’s mind upon hearing
-this earnest appeal. After all, he was but a Chinaman, and he knew his
-captain was very friendly with the viceroy and his powerful secretary
-Ta-Ling.
-
-“All right,” he said. “I will take your word that in delivering the man
-to you I shall be acting as my captain would wish.”
-
-“He should be bound,” Phil said almost gleefully. “Can you get me a
-rope?”
-
-The officer, leaving Phil’s side, crossed the deck to a chest; opening
-it, he searched through its contents. The midshipman, greatly fearing
-an outbreak from Emmons, stepped cautiously to his side and whispered
-for him to make no outcry.
-
-“I knew you immediately,” Emmons breathed.
-
-At the sound of muttering voices, the officer looked up quickly; the
-light of the lantern on his face told Phil that his suspicions had
-been aroused. Quicker than thought the midshipman drew back his fist,
-then he shot it forward, striking with force the startled half-breed
-squarely under the chin. Emmons lay where he fell, moaning audibly,
-while Phil quietly explained his act to the officer.
-
-“He had the temerity to revile me,” he said; “but give me the rope. We
-should be on our way back to the city.”
-
-Emmons was quickly bound, hand and foot; then Phil bowed ceremoniously
-and, lifting the stunned man on his broad shoulders, walked steadily
-down the ladder and into the launch, where he deposited the body with a
-great show of force for the benefit of those above. A few seconds later
-the launch had left the war-ship and was headed down the river as if
-she would again land in her berth at the dock.
-
-As soon as the gunboat had disappeared in the darkness, Phil and Sydney
-cut the ropes binding the prisoner and raised him to a seat on the deck
-house. He was but stunned by the blow and presently opened his eyes,
-gazing about him in bewilderment.
-
-“What happened?” Emmons asked, recognizing in the thin light of a
-screened lantern Phil’s anxious face bending over him. The lad quickly
-explained the reason for his apparently unfriendly act.
-
-Emmons, with a genuine show of deep gratitude, thanked the midshipman
-for his unlooked-for deliverance; then he plied the lads with eager
-questions, and Phil gave him the unvarnished history of the night’s
-experiences; of the triumph over Ta-Ling, and then the ruse they had
-played upon Commander Ignacio and the officer on board the “Albaque.”
-
-“I have, I think, papers which will reveal all that villain’s secrets,”
-he ended, patting the papers in the pocket of his long Chinese robe.
-“And the plan of the secret channel--I have that safe here also,” he
-added. “We owe a great deal to you.”
-
-“Yes,” replied Emmons, “but it has cost me all that I have accumulated
-in ten years of business. I got warning this afternoon from the Tartar
-general that an order had been signed by the viceroy for my execution.
-I succeeded in hiding in an abandoned house in the foreign concession
-while the soldiers of Ta-Ling searched for me. After dark I tried to
-find Nam-Sing and the launch which I was holding in readiness to aid
-your escape, but when I reached the docks I found all my launches
-deserted, and their machinery wrecked. Knowing that I could not remain
-another day ashore without capture, I secured a sanpan and sculled to
-the nearest gunboat, believing I was then safe; but it seems that I had
-put myself in the hands of an enemy.”
-
-“The blood of every foreigner killed should be laid to Ignacio’s
-account,” Phil declared angrily; “but we have now the means of exposing
-his treachery.
-
-“Tell us about the mission,” he exclaimed anxiously. “Is it yet
-unharmed?”
-
-“It is still under the general’s protection,” Emmons replied, “and he
-will not permit an attack. I have expected every day to hear that the
-soldiers had been removed. Ta-Ling’s outlaws are encamped within a mile
-of the soldiers, apparently waiting an order from their leader.”
-
-“How many are there of these rebels?” Sydney asked in alarm.
-
-“I have not seen them, but my men tell me there are thousands,” Emmons
-answered.
-
-“There must be some reason for the delay,” Emmons declared. “Have you
-read the viceroy’s letter to your captain?” he asked quickly. “Maybe
-there we shall find the cause of it.”
-
-With trembling fingers Phil drew the letter from his pocket and without
-hesitation broke the formidable looking seal of the viceroy. The
-writing was in English and the penmanship seemed strangely familiar.
-
-“It’s the same writing as that in the letter I picked up in the bank!”
-he exclaimed in surprise, then in the lantern’s dim light his eager
-eyes traveled rapidly over the words before him.
-
-Sydney and Emmons waited impatiently until Phil began to read excitedly:
-
-“His Excellency, Chang-Li-Hun, is deeply grieved at the lawless
-actions of the foreign gunboats, which have banded together under the
-leadership of the American commander to defy the authority of the laws
-of China. Commander Ignacio and two of his brother commanders have
-accepted his Excellency’s leniency and after voluntarily offering their
-apology have anchored at Ku-Ling. To show that China has kept faith,
-his Excellency has caused a strong guard of his soldiers to encamp on
-the hills near the American mission.
-
-“If by ten o’clock to-morrow morning the foreign gunboats will steam to
-Ku-Ling flying white flags of truce, the viceroy will still give them
-clemency. The viceroy has held the hostages to show his displeasure at
-the foreigners for entering To-Yan Lake, waters forbidden them by the
-government of China.
-
-“His Excellency will be powerless to protect either the hostages or the
-mission if a single hostile shot is fired. Enclosed is a telegram for
-the American commander.”
-
-“If this letter and the telegram had gone to Commander Hughes,” Phil
-exclaimed as he folded the letter and returned it in his pocket,
-“Ta-Ling and Ignacio would have won. Without the strong personality
-of our captain the allies would have weakened and accepted the terms
-offered.”
-
-“Now when Ta-Ling is liberated,” Sydney cried alarmingly, “the soldiers
-will be removed and the rebels allowed to attack the mission.” Then
-he stopped suddenly, while a lump rose in his throat. “Does Ta-Ling
-suspect the secret of the channel is ours?” he asked fearfully.
-
-Emmons shook his head thoughtfully.
-
-“The chart was procured by Hang-Ki from the viceroy’s papers through
-bribing a lesser official,” he answered. “Ta-Ling may have discovered
-its absence and suspected that I would carry it to your captain. That
-would explain his sudden desire to have me captured and executed.”
-
-“To-night is the turning-point in this intrigue,” Phil exclaimed,
-while his heart beat faster at the thought. “We must use this channel
-to-night, and after we have run the forts and anchored in safety above
-Ku-Ling, we must start at once to the rescue of those in the mission.
-I hope Lieutenant Wilson can withstand the assault until aid arrives.
-
-“Our poor sailors in the yamen,” he added sorrowfully, “I fear are no
-better than dead men.”
-
-“You are right,” Emmons declared in no uncertain voice. “To-morrow
-Ta-Ling will cause the high reed grass on the island to be set on fire.
-It is dry and will burn like tinder. Then the island will offer no
-protection, the search-light on the fort will disclose the presence of
-the gunboats and the secret channel is well within the range of the
-fort guns.”
-
-While the midshipmen were absorbed in their conversation with the
-half-breed, the launch, under the skilful guidance of the pilot,
-steamed rapidly down the swift current of the river. The junks moored
-at the docks flashed by unheeded. The high frowning cliffs, on top
-of which were the gun emplacements, appeared dimly from the darkness
-ahead. Then the launch’s bow was turned sharply to port, steering
-across the river, to put as great a distance as possible between it
-and the menacing batteries.
-
-The midshipmen and Emmons had now joined Langdon at his post at the
-wheel.
-
-“To-night Hang-Ki has relieved many of the lookouts in the forts,”
-Emmons whispered, “and if we can keep close under the shadow of the
-island we may pass undiscovered.”
-
-Phil was in a fever of anxiety. He glanced fearfully at the frowning
-forts, looming oppressively close in the darkness to starboard. The
-island on the other side of which was the secret channel slowly took
-shape, and as the launch approached became ever more distinct. Now
-he imagined he could see the tops of the high reeds, tall enough to
-conceal the hull of a gunboat, waving menacingly in the fitful breeze,
-and in the stillness, broken only by the muffled chug of the gas
-engine, he could now hear the dry rustle telling him only too plainly
-that this rank vegetation was ripe for Ta-Ling’s torch.
-
-The night was dark and cloudy, and the deeper gloom of the island
-toward which Langdon was steering would make it almost impossible to
-locate the small launch.
-
-Even under the trying circumstances, expecting momentarily to hear the
-loud discharge of hostile cannon, Phil’s mind dwelt anxiously on the
-possibilities before the coming day. Fully realizing that the lives of
-those in the mission depended upon the ability of the allies to pass
-the forts before morning, would they find the fleet prepared to start
-immediately? Without mishaps two hours must elapse before the launch
-could reach Lien-Chow, and then scarcely five hours of the night would
-remain.
-
-With all lights save that at the compass carefully screened, the launch
-sped quietly onward. The forts had faded slowly into the darkness as
-the island shore had been approached. Langdon spun his wheel from side
-to side seeking the deepest channel, while a Chinaman with a long
-bamboo pole measured the depth of the water continuously, calling out
-in a sing-song whisper his soundings.
-
-“Go on this side of the island,” Phil ordered, hastily measuring with
-his eye the distance by the chart. “Time’s precious. We must run the
-risk.”
-
-“Aye, aye,” the pilot answered quickly, bringing the bow of the launch
-smartly about to parallel the island shore. “They can’t hit us anyway,”
-he added contemptuously.
-
-Minute after minute dragged by. The Americans were on the point of
-congratulating themselves upon having passed the forts in safety, when
-a flash of flame sprang from the darkness of the hill forts and the
-screech of a shell sounded menacingly in their ears.
-
-With the anxiety of one who is being fired upon without the opportunity
-to return the fire, those on the launch stuck manfully at their posts.
-Sydney’s blood raced rapidly through his veins, and his hopes seemed on
-the point of being cast to the very depths of despair.
-
-Flash followed flash on the fortifications and the reverberations of
-the heavy artillery shook the valley. It seemed to the midshipmen
-that hundreds of guns must be hurling tons of steel at their small
-inoffensive black launch as it bravely steamed down the river.
-
-With intense excitement and fearful dread as to the outcome, all gazed
-fascinated upon the myriads of flashes of flame from the forts. The
-moans and screeches of the shells were loud in their ears while the
-steel bolts lashed the water to foam about them.
-
-Suddenly a bright shaft of light bored through the night and then swung
-spasmodically over the water. Fearfully the midshipmen watched the
-search-light ray in its attempt to concentrate upon the rapidly moving
-launch. When once they were held in its beam, they would furnish as
-clear a target for their enemy’s guns as if it were day.
-
-As Phil watched, fascinated, the wavering light, it stopped uncertainly
-short of the launch but truly in line, then the light raised suddenly
-and the lad was fairly blinded by the bright flash as it clung
-tenaciously to the discovered hull. The fort guns now renewed their
-vociferous cannonade and the screech of shells was sufficient to
-unnerve the stoutest heart.
-
-“One hit and we’ll be counted out,” Phil exclaimed wildly, clutching
-Sydney in his excitement, as he dodged involuntarily the hot breath of
-the speeding projectiles.
-
-“Take that sounding pole!” Langdon shouted hoarsely, as the terrified
-Chinaman dropped it on deck and dived for safety below decks.
-
-Sydney quickly grasped the pole as it clattered from the man’s hand,
-and plunged it over the side. It struck bottom, showing the water had
-suddenly become dangerously shallow.
-
-“Keep her off,” he cried loudly, above the roar of the hissing shells.
-
-Blinded by the bright glare of the search-light, Langdon had nearly
-run the launch ashore on the island, but by quick action, he now threw
-the bow out into the river. A low grating sound made Phil’s heart stop
-beating, but the next second the launch darted clear of the treacherous
-shoal. Then to the joy of the anxious men the search-light beam died
-suddenly away.
-
-The fire from the forts immediately slackened, and in a few seconds
-had ceased altogether. An occasional boom and the screech of a passing
-shell, however, showed the Americans that the enemy was waiting
-impatiently to begin its fusillade as soon as the now extinguished
-search-light could again pick up the helpless target.
-
-A startled cry from Emmons drew the Americans’ attention. Looking
-anxiously in the direction indicated by the half-breed, Phil saw the
-white and colored lights of a steamer standing up the river, in the
-middle of the main channel. Those in the forts seemed also to have made
-the discovery. The entire crest of the hill forts burst into sudden
-flame and the distant screech of shell told the lad that this time the
-launch was not the target.
-
-“What can it be?” he exclaimed in a fever of excitement. “The allies
-know better than to carry lights. It must be a stranger.”
-
-Then as he gazed spellbound upon the spectacle before him, the
-search-light of the fort once more cut its narrow path of flame through
-the inky blackness. It swept spasmodically over the intruder and
-then to the Americans’ delighted eyes was revealed the outline of a
-monitor, the light of the search-light beam reflected brightly from her
-glistening, pointed hull.
-
-“The ‘Monterey’!” Phil cried, joyfully hugging Sydney. “And Jack
-O’Neil is on board her.” But a second later his joy was changed
-to apprehension. Would the monitor appreciate the situation and be
-prepared to return this fire? A fear took possession of his thoughts
-that the sailors, not knowing of the existence of hostilities, might
-have been standing unprotected upon the deck and before they could have
-sought the shelter of armor many might have already been killed by the
-shells of the enemy.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XVI
-
-REËNFORCEMENTS
-
-
-All eyes were now intent on the American war-ship. The guns in the
-forts had become silent, as if startled at the sudden appearance of an
-enemy worthy of their metal. The monitor, apparently unconscious of the
-danger into which it had run, steamed proudly onward. The search-light
-of the fort lighted up every detail of the formidable vessel; the
-heavy turret guns were lowered, pointing inoffensively away from the
-inquisitive search-light.
-
-“They won’t dare fire again at her!” Sydney exclaimed. “See, she has
-shown her colors!”
-
-As the midshipman spoke a large American flag rose proudly aloft to
-the truck of the “Monterey,” where it fluttered defiantly, as if to
-say: “Now if you fire, knowing who I am, you declare war on the country
-which I represent.”
-
-Then the Chinese threw down the gauntlet; a flash of flame darted from
-the dark fort, licking the heels of a great shell, and a high splash of
-foam sprang up in the glare of the search-light not more than a half
-hundred yards from the bow of the silent monitor.
-
-Again, like huge fireflies on a summer night, the hill forts flashed
-fire, while still the monitor steamed boldly onward, closer and closer
-to the hostile guns.
-
-“Why doesn’t she return it?” Sydney exclaimed excitedly. “A few shots
-from her guns will startle the soldiers in those forts.”
-
-As the lads watched the one-sided contest, two shafts of light darted
-from the monitor; the search-light from the fort from its size and
-greater illuminating power concealed the commencement of the war-ship’s
-less powerful lights, but upon the forts two round white spots traveled
-slowly along, and where they rested the midshipmen could see distinctly
-the gun emplacements and the great gun tubes protruding from the
-protecting rock and earth.
-
-In a terrible suspense those on the launch held their breath, while
-the heavy turrets, plainly visible in the light from the forts, swung
-around slowly; then the gun muzzles were raised and pointed steadily at
-the two white spots, the end of the search-light rays. After a terrible
-suspense, two great tongues of flame leaped far out over the river and
-a dull boom shook the air.
-
-“Fine shots!” Phil exclaimed joyfully as he saw the earth on two of the
-emplacements rise in the air as if a magazine had exploded underneath
-it.
-
-Again the monitor spoke angrily with her great twelve-inch guns,
-and again within the illumination the eager watchers saw masses of
-earth fly high in the air as the half ton shells exploded on the very
-parapets of the Chinese forts.
-
-“She’s turning!” Sydney exclaimed.
-
-Sure enough, the “Monterey” was swinging her bow away from the enemy.
-Not understanding the meaning of this treatment, the war-ship was
-circling to return down the river, out of range of the formidable forts.
-
-The search-light of the fort held steadily upon the retreating
-war-ship, but those of the “Monterey” had been extinguished. The fort
-guns, for the time silenced by the straight shooting of their enemy,
-now reopened with renewed energy. But the monitor, as if unconscious of
-the rain of shell about her, turned in silence, her flag waving proudly
-at the mast-head, and started down river.
-
-“Head over for her!” Phil ordered.
-
-With relief and satisfaction, the Americans saw that now after the
-monitor had turned, the Chinese gunners were shooting wildly. All the
-shots were falling aimlessly short of the retreating war-ship. But
-still the search-light ray clung tenaciously, as if it feared the
-monitor once out of the vision of its bright eye would take wings and
-fly away.
-
-Suddenly from the monitor’s after turret belched forth a single flash.
-Those on the launch watched in excited admiration to see the burst of
-flame on the ramparts of the fort, but instead, high above the guns,
-above even the search-light mounted at the very top of the hill, a jet
-of flame, a living ball of fire, cleft the darkness; a second later and
-the monitor had faded from sight.
-
-“Shrapnel,” Phil exclaimed intensely, as the sound of the explosion
-reached his ears; “that search-light is out of business for the
-present.” Then he realized that the launch and the “Monterey” were
-rapidly approaching each other on converging courses.
-
-“Light the side lights,” he cried to Emmons, at his side, spellbound
-and silent. “We can’t take the risk of having her shoot at us. She
-might hit us.”
-
-Emmons obeyed the order by giving a few harsh commands to his reassured
-Chinese boatmen and soon the red and green lights were burning on
-the launch’s sides. The forts were now silent, their target having
-dissolved into the night, but Langdon had taken her bearing and the
-launch’s bow was held in the direction which he knew would bring them
-close to the monitor.
-
-After many long minutes of anxious search a dark smudge appeared almost
-directly in the path of the launch. Then suddenly a flash sprang from
-the dark smudge, and a shell shrieked across the bow of the approaching
-boat.
-
-“Stop her!” Phil cried in alarm, while he ran quickly forward. Standing
-at the bow of the launch, he cleared his voice and raised his hands to
-his mouth, ready to answer the hail from the war-ship.
-
-“Boat ahoy!” came distinctly across the water. “Stop where you are, or
-we’ll sink you.”
-
-“Aye, aye, sir,” Phil hailed back. “We’re friends--American naval
-officers.”
-
-“All right, don’t come any closer and we’ll send a boat,” came the
-answer in clear, decided tones.
-
-Those on the launch noted the creak of blocks as a boat shot down from
-its davits into the water, and a few minutes afterward they heard the
-regular dip of the oars and their rhythmical thud in their sockets.
-Then a long, slim whale-boat, propelled by six stalwart sailors, shot
-out of the gloom and came quietly alongside the motionless launch.
-
-An officer scrambled nimbly on board.
-
-“What’s the meaning of this?” he exclaimed in astonishment. For in the
-ray of the solitary lantern held in the hands of a Chinese boatman, he
-saw that he was in the presence of Chinamen. He stopped precipitously,
-sliding his hand cautiously to his revolver holster while he eyed
-suspiciously the men before him.
-
-Phil was about to answer the officer’s question, never realizing the
-cause of the speaker’s abrupt silence, when his eye caught sight of a
-familiar face peering in over the launch’s rail. Forgetful of all else,
-the lad hastened excitedly forward. Reaching down he grasped the owner
-of the face in a strong grip.
-
-“O’Neil!” he exclaimed delightedly. “Well, if this isn’t luck!”
-
-While Sydney in his turn shook hands warmly with their old friend the
-boatswain’s mate, who had served with them through many a difficult
-position during a South American revolution, when they were together
-on the battle-ship “Connecticut,” Phil explained the situation to the
-mystified officer.
-
-The lad for the moment had not fully appreciated the dumbfounded
-astonishment of the naval man, Lieutenant Washburn of the “Monterey,”
-upon finding himself among Chinamen, after he had heard the answer from
-the “Monterey’s” hail that American naval officers were on board the
-launch.
-
-“We’ve just escaped from prison,” Phil explained, “and your ship
-arrived in time to save us from those guns. Their shots were beginning
-to come pretty near, I can tell you.”
-
-“Escaped from prison,” Lieutenant Washburn exclaimed, still mystified.
-“Where then is the ‘Phœnix’? She hasn’t been sunk, I hope,” he added
-hastily in sudden alarm.
-
-Phil quickly set his mind at rest on that point. “She’s at Lien-Chow,
-in the To-Yan Lake, and we are on our way there now.
-
-“Commander Hughes will be mighty relieved to see the ‘Monterey’!” he
-exclaimed joyfully. “With her the forts have no perils--she can run by
-whenever she wishes.”
-
-“I am sorry for him,” Lieutenant Washburn answered, his voice betraying
-a note of bitterness, “for I am a great admirer of your captain. He’s
-the kind of man we need in command of our ships. There’s a rumor afloat
-that he’s in disgrace and will be put under arrest. I hope it’s not
-true, but the rumor was persistent in the fleet when we left. If it’s
-true I suppose our captain has the order.”
-
-Phil pretended to be greatly surprised and unconsciously raised his
-hand to make sure the telegram was safe in his pocket.
-
-“The ‘Monadnock’ is on her way up the river. She’s slower than we are,
-and as our captain is senior he pressed ahead.
-
-“Nice surprise they gave us,” he added laughingly, pointing to the now
-quiet forts. “We thought they were only having target practice and
-supposed of course they’d stop to let us pass. But when they opened
-on us, although our captain had sounded to ‘general quarters’ as a
-precaution, you could have knocked us all down with a feather.”
-
-“I am happy to say their target practice upon us was not good,” Phil
-returned in high humor; “but if you’ll excuse me, I’ll shed these gay
-clothes. Mine are pretty seedy after three days in a Chinese prison,
-but I’d appear to better advantage when we go aboard the ‘Monterey.’”
-
-The war-ship, by signal-lights, informed her lieutenant that she
-was about to anchor, directing the launch to follow and then come
-alongside.
-
-Before the rattle of chain announced that the anchor was holding the
-steel fortress stationary against the swift current, the midshipmen
-recited to Lieutenant Washburn the story of their adventures. O’Neil
-listened eagerly, grunting with glee when they told of the triumph over
-Ta-Ling and Commander Ignacio.
-
-After a short delay the launch was steered alongside the anchored
-war-ship, and the Americans, now in their own clothes, quickly
-scrambled over the low side.
-
-Commander Barnes, the monitor’s captain, ranking junior to Commander
-Hughes, immediately summoned the midshipmen and Langdon to his cabin.
-
-Phil as spokesman gave the surprised captain a detailed account of
-the happenings since the attempt to blow in the gates of the American
-mission. Commander Barnes’ eyes opened wider and wider in astonishment
-as the lad proceeded.
-
-“It’s all very terrible,” he exclaimed after Phil had finished. “The
-admiral knows nothing of this. Why has not Hughes wired the situation?”
-
-“He has sent telegrams,” Phil declared, “but the viceroy will not
-forward them.”
-
-“That’s strange,” the captain said in a low voice. “The admiral led
-me to suppose that I would be in command of the three ships, and that
-Hughes would be relieved of his command. Yet I have no orders to that
-effect.”
-
-Phil trembled with joy at overhearing these words, not intended for
-his ears. The “Monterey” brought no orders. He held the only order in
-his pocket, and the fatal telegram would remain there until Commander
-Hughes had won his fight and relieved the situation.
-
-But time was pressing. The fleet must run the batteries to-night. The
-arrival of the monitors would make the passage of the secret channel
-even more secure by hotly engaging the forts if necessary. In order to
-make success sure the midshipman knew that they should proceed at once
-upon the remainder of their journey.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XVII
-
-ABOARD THE “PHŒNIX”
-
-
-Commander Barnes consulted his watch and then called for his orderly.
-The ring of the bell had scarcely sounded before a marine stood
-obediently before him.
-
-“It’s eleven now,” the captain mused, then, turning to the orderly:
-
-“My compliments to the executive officer. Tell him to secure and pipe
-down. We shall remain here for the present.”
-
-Forgetting in his anxiety the vast gulf in rank between them, Phil
-raised his hand impatiently.
-
-“Captain!” he exclaimed, intensely in earnest. “We must go to Commander
-Hughes immediately. The mission must be relieved to-night. It is
-probably now surrounded by the outlaws. To-morrow the difficulties will
-increase. The secret channel may be impossible, besides there are four
-American sailors in prison in the yamen. By to-morrow they will have
-been executed.”
-
-Over Commander Barnes’ face flitted for a second the suspicion of a
-frown, while the orderly waited with indecision in his manner.
-
-“By the morning we shall have two monitors,” the captain answered; “I
-think we can rely on their guns to escort the fleet past the forts
-without harm. However, you may go on your launch and give your news to
-Commander Hughes. I have orders forbidding me to enter To-Yan Lake.
-
-“I do not see how the allied fleet can possibly embark its sailors and
-be here before daylight,” he added, after a few moments’ thought, “so I
-see no reason to keep my officers and men up all night in waiting.”
-
-“Commander Hughes will be here inside of three hours,” Phil urgently
-exclaimed. “I am sure, sir, that he will not lose a moment. He does not
-wish to risk fighting the forts. If he can bring Ku-Ling under his guns
-without a fight, he will win his point and save the foreigners.
-
-“If I may suggest, sir,” the midshipman added in a respectful voice,
-“it would be best to keep all ready to get under way. It is but ten
-miles to the allied fleet. We shall be there in an hour and in two more
-the gunboats will be here on their way to enter this secret channel.”
-
-Commander Barnes smiled indulgently at the lad’s earnestness as he
-waved a dismissal to the orderly.
-
-“Tell the executive officer,” he said, “to be ready to get under way in
-three hours and notify the officer of the deck to keep a sharp lookout
-for the ‘Monadnock.’ Signal her when sighted to anchor near us.
-
-“Your captain has a convincing advocate in you, Mr. Perry,” he
-continued, after the orderly had departed with his message. “I shall
-wait his coming and be ready to join him.”
-
-Phil was elated with the success of his appeal, and in a short time he
-had gathered his party together ready to again embark in Emmons’ launch.
-
-Before leaving the captain’s cabin the midshipmen had asked that
-boatswain’s mate O’Neil be allowed to go, to steer the launch, which
-request Commander Barnes readily granted.
-
-“The telegram is the only order relieving our captain of his command,”
-Phil exclaimed to Sydney while the launch sped toward the distant
-lights of the allied fleet. “What would happen if I gave him the
-cable?” he asked quickly.
-
-“He would have but to obey it,” Sydney answered. “It’s a direct order
-from the navy department. Commander Barnes as senior officer of the
-American ships would be bound to send a flag of truce and offer his
-apologies for Commander Hughes’ actions.”
-
-“And that would mean a victory for the viceroy and Ta-Ling!” Phil
-exclaimed. “If I lose my commission for it that telegram is going to
-remain secret until the allied fleet have exacted an humble apology and
-restitution from those guilty of wishing to murder innocent foreigners.”
-
-In the light of a solitary lantern Phil opened the envelope and glanced
-excitedly over their enemy’s correspondence with the viceroy. It was in
-English and written in a clear and legible hand.
-
-Paper after paper was read in silence by the two midshipmen, revealing
-the most bare-faced treachery.
-
-“Do you remember that day at the bank?” Phil exclaimed suddenly after
-he had finished reading a letter which he held open before him, his
-face in the thin light betraying intense wrath and indignation. “I have
-wondered so often over that incident. I have never until now been able
-to discover why Ignacio was so angry at me for picking up his letter
-from the ground. Do you remember how he snatched it from my hand? I
-thought he would strike me. Well, that innocent sheet of paper was a
-letter from Ta-Ling. If I could have held it another minute much of our
-trouble would never have occurred. This is Ignacio’s answer:
-
-“‘I will do all in my power to thwart the aim of these Americans. I
-despise them as much as you do. I have just drawn on the company which
-I represent for the sum you named, and it will be deposited in the bank
-at Shanghai. When you have obtained the viceroy’s signature, giving
-my company the railroad rights from here to Peking, I shall at once
-transfer this sum to your credit.
-
-“‘Your letter was picked up from the bank floor, where I had carelessly
-dropped it, by a young American officer. I do not think he had enough
-knowledge or time to divine its meaning.’”
-
-The two midshipmen looked sheepishly at each other for a second and
-then both laughed.
-
-“We are innocents, aren’t we, Phil?” Sydney laughed. “Now it’s all
-clear. Ignacio attempted to throw the allies into a panic at Lien-Chow.
-He worked himself into being selected as the senior officer for the
-flag of truce, and he concealed his eagerness so cleverly that we
-thought he was afraid. Then he played his game beautifully before the
-viceroy. But by to-morrow morning Ignacio’s dreams will be smashed.
-Ku-Ling will awake to find the fleet at anchor with its guns trained on
-the viceroy’s palace.”
-
-“What’s this new mischief you’re hatching?” inquired Langdon,
-approaching the midshipmen, after having conned the launch over the
-treacherous shoals at the entrance to the lake. “We’ll be at the fleet
-in a short time now,” he added, pointing to the lights fast appearing
-ahead.
-
-Phil arose, throwing a swift glance at the lights of the gunboats,
-growing ever brighter as the launch sped swiftly onward. Then he
-returned to his seat on the deck house and told the pilot of the
-discovery.
-
-“Why did you never tell me of this meeting with Ignacio in the bank?”
-Langdon asked, in a hurt voice. “I might have put two and two together
-and saved us a great deal of trouble.”
-
-“Oh! pipe down, Joe Langdon!” Phil exclaimed, in good humor. “You
-wouldn’t have found it out any sooner than we did. It’s all plain
-enough now after you know.”
-
-“I can’t help worrying about our four sailors,” Sydney said sadly, and
-immediately the mirth died on Phil’s face. “After Ta-Ling is released,
-he will be mad enough to have them summarily executed.”
-
-His companions made no reply. Each felt that the chances for the four
-captive Americans were small.
-
-While the launch was approaching the line of anchored ships, Phil left
-his two companions and stood close beside O’Neil, while the sailor
-steered for the lights which had been pointed out to him as being on
-board the “Phœnix.”
-
-The lads were delighted to have this fine American sailor-man again
-with them. Phil recounted again all the exciting adventures through
-which they had just passed and O’Neil in his turn told of the
-monotonous life on board a monitor in Manila Bay.
-
-“It’s worse than going to sea in a submarine, Mr. Perry,” the sailor
-exclaimed. “She’s so low in the water and rolls so quickly that we was
-awash all the way up the China coast. We couldn’t use them big guns at
-sea; one second they are pointing in the water and the next they are
-looking at the moon; but here in the river it’s different. We can cut
-our name on those forts if they’ll give us a chance.
-
-“That captain of yours, Mr. Perry, is a fire-eater. There ain’t nothing
-he is afraid of. I am glad,” he added, lowering his voice, although
-there was no one but a Chinese crew man within ear-shot, “to hear you
-tell me that our skipper ain’t going to lead this expedition. He’s all
-right when he gets good and mad, like he did when the fort fired at him
-to-night, but he ain’t got the initiative. Now, ‘Bucko’ Hughes, that’s
-his name on the foc’s’le, is different; he always likes to hit first.”
-Then he continued in a moralizing tone while he spun his wheel to steer
-the course to bring the ship’s lights on a proper bearing:
-
-“The longer I live, Mr. Perry, the more I believe that’s the best
-tactics for a fighting man. If you hit first and hit hard enough maybe
-the other fellow’ll drop his fists and say he’s had enough.”
-
-Phil slapped the sailor on the back in sign of agreement with his
-views, while O’Neil brought the “Phœnix’s” lights, now close aboard,
-broad on his beam in order to round to for a landing at the gangway,
-and in answer to a hoarse challenge from the gunboat, he sang out in
-his clear voice:
-
-“Aye! Aye!”
-
-“We’re still midshipmen,” Phil corrected; “you should have answered
-‘No! No!’”[2]
-
-“That’s all right, sir,” the sailor returned with a grin. “It ain’t who
-you are; it’s the news you bring. If I’d said, ‘No! No!’ they might not
-have waked ‘Bucko,’ and I know he’d want to see you as soon as you put
-foot on board.”
-
-A few minutes later Phil led the way up the gangway ladder and soon
-found himself in the enthusiastic embrace of the officer of the
-deck. Although it was after twelve o’clock many of the officers were
-awake and a glance about the ship told the midshipman that careful
-preparations were being made to protect the vital parts of the gunboat
-from the shells of the enemy.
-
-They were told that Commander Hughes was in the cabin and as yet in
-ignorance of the return of the hostages.
-
-“I sent down word just now by the orderly,” the officer of the deck
-said with a smile, “that some commissioned officers were coming
-alongside in a launch, so I suppose he’s awake, for it’s not often that
-we receive callers this time of night.”
-
-The three Americans and Emmons went hastily to the captain’s cabin,
-where they found the orderly awaiting them, while Commander Hughes was
-seated at his desk. Phil was shocked at the change in his captain’s
-face. His buoyant expression had been displaced by a haggard look and
-as he turned his eyes toward the door, the lad noticed, with a twinge
-of pity, that their expression was one of worry, while the dark circles
-below them told only too plainly the story of sleepless nights.
-
-It was not until Phil had advanced almost to his side that Commander
-Hughes realized who his visitors were. Then the mask dropped from his
-face and he sprang eagerly to his feet with a glad cry.
-
-“I was just thinking,” he exclaimed joyfully as he embraced one after
-another of the men returning to him as if from the grave, “that for a
-glimpse of you safe on board here again I’d give ten years of my life.”
-
-After the first joyful shock of meeting was over Commander Hughes made
-the midshipmen and their companions be seated, and each in turn told
-the thrilling details of his experiences since leaving Lien-Chow with
-the flag of truce. The story of Commander Ignacio’s duplicity, much to
-the lads’ surprise, brought forth but little comment.
-
-“I have suspected him,” their captain answered, almost sadly, “since
-his return without you.”
-
-When the part in their ventures taken by Emmons was told him, Commander
-Hughes arose from his chair and, much to the embarrassment of the
-half-breed, took his hand in both of his, thanking him eloquently for
-his self-sacrificing acts. Then Phil’s heart leaped with delight as his
-captain cast from him all signs of sentiment; the old fire had returned
-to his eyes.
-
-The midshipmen were so intent upon their own experiences that the
-mention of the arrival of the monitors came only at the end of their
-narrative.
-
-Commander Hughes could hardly believe his ears.
-
-“The monitors are actually here!” he exclaimed, doubting the welcome
-news. It was too good to be true.
-
-[Illustration: “_THE MONITORS ARE ACTUALLY HERE!_”]
-
-“The ‘Monterey’ is at anchor at the entrance of the lake,” Phil assured
-him. “The ‘Monadnock’ should have arrived by now. Commander Barnes
-has kept up steam awaiting your arrival. I told him you would go up the
-river to-night,” he added hastily.
-
-Commander Hughes’ joy showed plainly in his strong face.
-
-“How glad I should be that I have not yielded to the persistent
-counsels of the other captains!” he cried. “No one knows what these
-last few days of suspense and uncertainty have been. When Ignacio left
-us it required the combined effort of Buresford and myself to prevent
-the rest from following like a flock of sheep. I had wrung a reluctant
-promise from those remaining to attempt to run the batteries to-morrow
-night unless the viceroy agreed to our demands. My letter to him sent
-by one of the renegades has not been answered.”
-
-Phil gasped. The viceroy’s answer was in the pocket of his blouse, but
-he must not deliver it. To do so would betray the fact of a telegram.
-
-“But now,” the captain continued, “we cannot wait for his answer. The
-lives of those in the mission depend upon immediate action on our part.
-I feel sure that the news of the arrival of the monitors and this
-chart of a safe channel will bolster up our allies’ waning courage.
-
-“I fear for the sailors in the yamen,” he added, a note of grave
-anxiety in his voice; “but if a hair of their heads is injured I shall
-not rest until those guilty of the outrage are punished. The viceroy
-himself shall not escape the penalty of this crime.”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XVIII
-
-THE START FOR KU-LING
-
-
-The midshipmen, after leaving the captain’s cabin, hastened to their
-rooms to bathe and don fresh clothes. Phil eyed his bunk longingly; he
-had not had a comfortable sleep for many nights, but he withstood the
-temptation and soon found the duty of helping to prepare the ship for
-battle far more interesting.
-
-Commander Hughes had signaled at once for the gunboat captains, and
-each had left the “Phœnix,” enthusiastic at the lucky turn affairs had
-taken, and cordially willing to coöperate.
-
-“I am in doubt,” Commander Hughes confided to Phil on the quarter-deck,
-where the lad had been directing the work of the men of his division,
-“what to do with our non-combatants. Each gunboat is carrying a dozen
-or more of their own nationality, former residents of the foreign
-concession at Ku-Ling. These gunboats will offer no protection to the
-women and children if we are discovered and fired upon by the forts.
-One large shell might even, if it hit in a vital spot, sink this
-vessel.”
-
-“Why not put all on board the monitors?” Phil suggested; “they would be
-perfectly safe there behind armor.”
-
-“A good idea,” the captain replied gladly. “I shall signal at once to
-have the refugees ready to disembark.
-
-“How many can Emmons’ launch carry?” he questioned.
-
-“It’s a good-sized boat, sir,” Phil replied. “I should say certainly
-fifty persons.”
-
-“That’s very well,” the former said. Then Phil, recognizing a change of
-tone in his superior’s voice, drew himself to attention as the captain
-added slowly:
-
-“We shall be ready to get under way at one o’clock at the latest.
-You will follow in the launch and when the ‘Phœnix,’ which of course
-will lead the column, reaches the monitors, you will begin at once
-to transfer all refugees from the gunboats, dividing them equally
-between the two monitors. I shall write out immediately orders for the
-commanding officers of the ‘Monterey’ and ‘Monadnock,’ which I shall
-hand you for delivery before you shove off. They will be unable to
-follow us through the secret channel, as their draft is too great, so I
-have directed that they remain beyond the range of fire of the forts,
-unless by chance we are menaced by the enemy’s guns.
-
-“I sincerely hope,” he continued in a less official voice, “that
-nothing happens to either of the monitors with such precious freight.
-Do you know, Mr. Perry,” he added feelingly, “out in these countries
-where lives are so cheap, we Americans would sacrifice a whole shipload
-of men for the single life of a mother or a child.”
-
-Phil inclined his head in mute token of agreement to his captain’s
-humane sentiment. Then suddenly a thought seemed to strike the latter,
-and he drew the lad farther away from the sailors engaged in making
-a protecting screen of hammocks about the after-gun positions, for
-greater safety against the possibility of infantry fire from the
-island, close to which the channel was shown to lead.
-
-“What is your theory, Mr. Perry,” he asked earnestly, “of the actions
-of Commander Ignacio? Is it merely a hostile dislike for me and our
-countrymen, or does it come from a deeper and more subtle reason?”
-
-Phil hesitated; could he give his honest views, or more correctly
-speaking, his knowledge of the reasons for Ignacio’s actions, without
-endangering the asking of a question from his captain, to answer
-which he might have to descend to subterfuge and even deceit? The
-fatal telegram lay snugly in his pocket; he could almost imagine
-that Commander Hughes’ piercing eyes could read, through the cloth
-of his blouse, the words which seemed engraved in bold letters on
-the lad’s brain. Phil had purposely cautioned his companions to say
-nothing of the captured letters which had passed between Ignacio
-and the viceroy’s secretary, for fear that the many allusions to
-the hope of accomplishing the disgrace of the American leader might
-awaken suspicion. These letters, the boy had decided, could not be of
-benefit now to Commander Hughes, but would be of vital importance in
-justifying the suppression of the cablegram taken from the person of
-Ta-Ling.
-
-“I think, sir,” Phil answered after several moments of silence, “that
-Commander Ignacio’s motive lies much deeper than personal enmity.
-There must surely be some important objective toward which he has been
-striving. Possibly,” he hinted vaguely in an endeavor to have his
-captain broach the real reason, of which the lad knew only too well,
-“he believes that he can secure better commercial benefits for his
-own countrymen and to the hurt of American interests. They say that
-the viceroy has been openly antagonistic for months to all American
-investments in his provinces.”
-
-“How stupid of me!” Commander Hughes exclaimed. “The railroad to Peking
-and through the interior provinces! I have been so much engrossed with
-my own troubles that I have not given the motive of this hostile action
-the attention which it deserves. I heard in Shanghai before we sailed
-that the American corporation having the railroad concession rights
-was having great trouble in getting permission to break ground, and a
-great mass of material is lying idle in steamers awaiting permission of
-the viceroy to land. Of course, that must be at the bottom of all this!
-
-“It is this commercial rivalry which will forever keep the Chinese from
-looking upon foreigners as desirable residents of their country,” he
-continued thoughtfully. “We are ever at each other’s throats in our
-commercial dealings. There are grave consequences to be feared in the
-opening of this vast and rich territory, and if we are not strictly
-honest in our dealings with each other, the consequences may well
-warrant the building of a great navy.”
-
-Commander Hughes, as he finished speaking, gazed out over the water to
-the anchored ships of the allied fleet and then, nodding a dismissal to
-the midshipmen, he walked toward the companion ladder leading to his
-cabin.
-
-“The signal is two white lights when ready,” he said to the officer
-of the deck. “Notify me when all the ships have shown the signal, and
-keep the launch ready for Mr. Perry.” Then to Phil, as he descended the
-companionway, “Langdon must of course stay with us. We shall need him
-to help us over the shoals at the entrance to the lake.”
-
-Phil saluted and then glanced at the clock on the cabin bulkhead. He
-saw its hands pointed to twenty minutes of one. In but a few hours
-all would be decided. Either Commander Hughes would win and his act
-of suppressing the cablegram be condoned, or else the gunboats would
-be utterly defeated, maybe destroyed by the fire of the forts and his
-hated enemy Ignacio raised to power as the leader of the dissenters.
-The possibilities were so terrifying that he looked about him for some
-object upon which to concentrate his mind. He wished to keep himself
-from brooding on the future of the night’s venture. Gazing out into
-the darkness, he could see black smoke and sparks belching from the
-smoke-stacks of the “Phœnix’s” consorts. The shrill whistles of the
-boatswain’s mates and the creaking of tackles came distinctly across
-the still water, showing their hurried preparations to be ready.
-
-He saw that two white lights burned at the yard-arm of his own ship;
-she then was ready to lead the fleet on its perilous undertaking; to
-run by, well inside of the range of the forts’ guns, with but a screen
-of high grass to protect the unarmored ships from the heavy shells of
-their enemy. While the lad watched silently, his pulses beating fast,
-the signal of readiness flashed out from gunboat after gunboat, until
-the entire fleet had mutely informed the “Phœnix” that it was ready and
-eager to follow the lead of its intrepid commander.
-
-A moment later he heard a step at his side, and the captain’s voice
-saying:
-
-“Here are the orders for the monitors. You understand what you are to
-do. I shall give you further orders later.”
-
-Phil took the two envelopes and put them carefully in his pocket; then
-seeing his captain’s hand still extended, he grasped it warmly.
-
-“We little realize how much depends upon our success to-night,”
-Commander Hughes said in an earnest voice. Then casting from him
-the air of depression, he added lightly, “Our star is still in the
-ascendent. We shall not consider failure.”
-
-Phil gazed almost worshipfully at his captain as the latter left him,
-going forward toward the gunboat’s bridge to make the signal which
-would launch the fleet upon its perilous mission; then he was conscious
-that Sydney stood by him and the officer of the deck appeared anxious
-to have the big launch shove off. Together the lads descended the
-ladder, followed by Emmons as an interpreter for the Chinese crew men,
-for Langdon had been detailed to remain to pilot the fleet.
-
-Quietly the fleet got under way, forming in column of vessels with the
-American gunboat leading. Then as if by signal, commencing with the
-leader, each of the gunboats dissolved into the night. To the lads it
-appeared as if a cloak had been thrown over each vessel.
-
-“Their lights are all screened!” Sydney exclaimed. “Look! you can
-barely see the vessel following the ‘Phœnix.’”
-
-Phil allowed his eyes to travel over the scene where a moment before
-many lights pierced the darkness; now all that was visible was the
-shadowy form of the American vessel scarce a hundred yards away and a
-dark smudge of the next following; all others had vanished from view.
-
-In the long, tedious hour necessary to arrive at the anchored monitors,
-the midshipmen stood by O’Neil and Emmons at the launch’s wheel. Their
-pulses beat high in semi-dread at what the night would bring forth.
-They had seen enough of the marksmanship of the forts to know that
-their gunners were not to be despised. The island, behind which the
-gunboats were to find refuge in passing the forts, was low, but being
-covered with a dense growth of giant reeds, would conceal all but the
-lofty spars of the vessels, which for greater security had been lowered
-to the decks.
-
-“Is there any doubt of the existence of this channel?” Sydney
-questioned Emmons, a sudden fear of treachery coming into his mind,
-for if it were not there the gunboats endeavoring to find its entrance
-would ground upon the shifting shoals of the river and when day dawned
-be under fire at close range of the enemy’s guns.
-
-“I have navigated my launches on the river for six years,” Emmons
-replied, “and never until the Tartar general gave me this chart did I
-suspect that the channel existed. There is a legend among the Chinese
-sailors that it was used by war junks a half century ago in escaping
-from British men-of-war.”
-
-After arriving at the anchorage of the monitors, for the “Monadnock”
-now lay near her consort, Phil directed the launch be steered alongside
-the farthest gunboat. Refugees, men, women and children, carrying in
-their hands but the necessary clothes for one night, quickly embarked
-and were carried expeditiously to the monitors, where Phil gave
-Commander Hughes’ verbal instructions and the written orders.
-
-This duty completed, the launch once more drew up alongside of the
-“Phœnix’s” gangway ladder.
-
-“Mr. Perry!” called a voice from the bridge, which Phil recognized as
-that of his captain. “Remain in the launch and start ahead of us. If
-you find less water than our draft, signal us at once.”
-
-Phil acknowledged the order and gave the word to proceed. He had taken
-the precaution to make a rough sketch of the chart; now laying the
-sheet of paper on the deck house under the ray of a bull’s-eye lantern
-he judged the course to steer. O’Neil swung the launch’s bow in the
-compass direction, while the Chinese leadsman stood ready to test the
-depth of water with his bamboo pole.
-
-Silently they sped onward; the low island across the river slowly took
-shape and the lad directed the boatswain’s mate to steer for the end of
-the black line barely discernible above the water.
-
-“We are now within the arc of fire of the forts,” Phil whispered to
-Sydney; “from here to the island the gunboats will be unprotected if
-discovered by the sentries at the guns. However, it’s long range, and
-fortunately the night is dark.”
-
-Silently and regularly the leadsman thrust downward his pole until
-twelve feet, three feet greater than the maximum draft of the gunboats,
-was buried beneath the surface.
-
-All on board the launch were silently anxious. The deep channel of
-the river had been left behind and, under the train of the fort guns,
-they were traveling over water that on the charts issued by the home
-government showed barely enough water to float a row-boat, and yet the
-leadsman untiringly plunged his bamboo to a distance of twelve feet
-without touching the sandy bottom. Hope rose in Phil’s heart.
-
-“Emmons’ chart is true!” Sydney exclaimed in a low, joyful voice. “See,
-we’re nearly abreast of the point. In a few minutes more the island
-will be between us and the guns.”
-
-Phil’s eyes traveled excitedly over the scene; the forts, some
-thousands of yards away, were enshrouded in darkness; the island
-appeared ever more distinct, the deep shadow of its high vegetation
-rising ghastly from the water.
-
-“Round the point close,” Phil directed O’Neil, “and keep in to the
-shore-line.”
-
-Boldly the launch neared the dark land, now so near at hand that it
-seemed possible in the darkness to reach out and touch the long,
-overhanging reeds. The dry rustle of the wind among the rank growth
-seemed in the silence almost as loud as the footsteps of an army
-marching.
-
-So far all seemed to be progressing happily for the allies. The channel
-was an established fact and the midshipmen saw with relief that once
-behind the island the gunboats could not be seen by the soldiers in
-the forts. The island was narrow, but so long that when the vessels
-emerged from its protection above the city of Ku-Ling, they would be in
-the dead angle of the heavy batteries and well beyond the range of the
-lighter guns.
-
-The launch chugged steadily onward, the intention being to discover if
-possible any shoaling of the water in the channel, but the leadsman’s
-bamboo pole betrayed no change.
-
-“What’s that ahead, sir?” O’Neil exclaimed suddenly; “It’s a launch,
-I’m sure.”
-
-The lads strained their eyes in the direction indicated, but could see
-nothing; then a light shot into the air, followed by a shower of sparks
-and a bright flame, and again all was darkness.
-
-“What does it mean?” Phil gasped in sudden alarm. “It’s a launch,
-that’s sure. She’s carrying no lights, and the flame from her
-smoke-stack shows she has seen us and is making haste to escape.”
-
-“She’s going faster than we are, too,” O’Neil exclaimed, his keen eyes
-detecting what the midshipmen had failed to see.
-
-“Do you smell smoke?” Sydney questioned anxiously.
-
-A moment later there was no longer doubt of the presence of smoke;
-a light breeze from the direction of the island carried the pungent
-odor of burning brush down the wind to the nostrils of the surprised
-Americans.
-
-“There’s a fire on the island!” O’Neil suddenly exclaimed.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XIX
-
-THE SECRET CHANNEL
-
-
-After the Americans had departed, leaving Ta-Ling tightly bound and
-gagged on the cell floor, the Chinaman remained quietly bemoaning his
-cruel destiny. He knew from the silence throughout the yamen that it
-would be futile for him to waste his strength in useless struggling at
-the bonds that bound him. His Oriental mind counseled self-destruction.
-There was no alternative to wipe out the dishonor of being defeated
-and humiliated by his despised enemies. The loss of his sacred cue was
-a bitter misfortune. How could he appear before his brother mandarins
-with this necessary appendage missing? The more he revolved the
-situation over in his mind, the calmer he became. His Western teaching,
-with its more worldly and less devious ways of thought, came to his
-aid, driving away all ideas of self-destruction, and he resolved that
-he would fight according to the methods taught by his new learning so
-long as life remained him.
-
-It seemed to the helpless man that many hours must have passed while he
-remained motionless on the damp earth. He had during this time thought
-over and over again of all that had been said by the Americans. While
-he lay to all appearances insensible, he had heard the wording of the
-cipher message to the American commander. He had been upon the point of
-sending the cablegrams to the American ship, but now they were in the
-hands of the midshipmen and he had heard them say that they would not
-give them to their captain. So much of the plan of his ally, Commander
-Ignacio, was a failure.
-
-The missing chart which he felt sure had been taken by Emmons caused
-him the greatest anxiety. He had intended to block this channel with
-sunken stone-laden junks, but with the usual roundabout methods of the
-Chinese he had found the mandarin in charge of such work could not load
-the junks for some days, so he had passed it by, believing that the
-presence of such a channel would remain a secret. Hang-Ki, the Tartar
-general, could be the only one of those in the secrets of the yamen
-who would dare thwart him. Ta-Ling’s veins swelled with suppressed
-anger as he blamed his ill-luck for not having succeeded in his attempt
-on the general’s life. This man he felt sure was also in the daring
-plot which had liberated the Americans and placed him, second only in
-power to the viceroy, in chains, helpless, while his carefully-laid
-scheme of forever ridding China of the foreign leeches was falling like
-a house of cards about his head.
-
-While his mind grappled with the intricate intrigues, there came a dull
-boom of heavy cannon, shaking violently the yamen. Again and again
-the earth was shaken and the deep tones of discharges of great guns
-reverberated through the vast building.
-
-What did it mean? Had the Americans then succeeded in escaping and were
-the fort guns firing upon them? How could they escape by water when
-every launch had been wrecked by his trusted soldiers?
-
-The yamen now was no longer silent. Ta-Ling could hear shrill cries and
-the hurried march of feet. Men were running wildly here and there, an
-unknown fear in their hearts. The Chinaman’s hopes rose; the viceroy
-would send for him to know the cause of the firing and he must before
-long be discovered. He tugged desperately but fruitlessly at his bonds,
-but Langdon had done his work well.
-
-Exhausted and breathless, he at length resigned himself to fate. Then
-he heard his own name cried by the viceroy’s crier, resounding loudly
-throughout the yamen. After what seemed an eternity, the door of his
-cell was thrown open and several guards entered the dark prison.
-
-“Here they are,” he heard a soldier exclaim, and then he felt himself
-grasped roughly and carried out into the courtyard.
-
-The next moment a light was thrust in his face and then the guards
-recoiled in mortal fear as they beheld the features of the Chinese
-tyrant.
-
-“We beg a million pardons, Excellency,” the leader cried, cringing
-before the terrible eye of the viceroy’s secretary, while his
-companions prostrated themselves before him.
-
-Ta-Ling made a sign to remove his gag, his joy at deliverance fighting
-with his outraged dignity at being so roughly handled.
-
-“Take off these irons, you dogs,” he hissed when he could speak; “the
-keys are on the floor of the cell.”
-
-The keys were quickly brought from where Ta-Ling had seen them thrown
-by the midshipmen, and soon he was free.
-
-“Meet me at the yamen gate,” he ordered huskily, kicking a kneeling
-figure savagely to punctuate his words; and then he hastened to his
-quarters to replace the clothes of which his former captives had
-deprived him.
-
-Upon the threshold of his room he encountered the frail figure of the
-aged mandarin, his features stamped with fear.
-
-“You traitor,” he cried in a weak trembling voice, as he caught sight
-of the disheveled Ta-Ling; “so this is the end of your vain boasting.
-The foreign dogs are coming to destroy me.”
-
-The secretary used all of his powers of persuasion to reassure his
-master. He told the viceroy hurriedly of the escape of the Americans
-and the loss of the chart, but protested that there was no immediate
-danger from the guns of the fleet.
-
-Leading the trembling old man back to his own room, he called loudly
-for the treasurer, appreciating that in order to make true his words to
-his master not a second must be wasted.
-
-Receiving no answer to his call, he retraced his steps to his room, and
-there he was not surprised to find the bound body of his friend in the
-dark corner where Phil had thrown him.
-
-After setting the man free, he gave him hasty instructions and sent him
-to keep the viceroy company, while he feverishly threw on the garments
-of a mandarin before joining his awaiting soldiers. Hastily writing an
-order he took it to the viceroy for signature, then calling a waiting
-messenger he directed it be taken at once to the Tartar general at the
-forts.
-
-Ten minutes later Ta-Ling, preceded by his guards, pressed through
-the frightened throngs of Chinese in the narrow street outside of the
-yamen. The gun fire had now ceased and the terrified natives were
-slowly slinking back to their hovels.
-
-Passing unhindered through the city gate, the secretary led the way
-directly to the jetty. Here he was to have met his ally, Commander
-Ignacio, earlier in the evening, but much to his surprise and
-satisfaction, as he reached the landing, he saw a steam launch waiting.
-
-“Can you take me to the ‘Albaque’?” he questioned the coxswain eagerly.
-
-The sailor glanced up in surprise. Where was his captain? He had seen
-him, as he supposed, with this Chinaman.
-
-“I am waiting for the captain,” he replied, a shade of suspicion in his
-voice. “Wasn’t he with you?”
-
-It was Ta-Ling’s turn to be surprised.
-
-“With me!” he exclaimed. “I was to have met him hours ago.”
-
-The coxswain shook his head, mystified. Had he not seen his captain go
-away with this man? Then he suddenly thought of the crowd of Chinese
-who had boarded a launch below him and had then gone alongside of his
-ship. His captain surely could not have been among those men. He gave
-it up. It was too deep for his understanding, for that launch had then
-gone down the river shortly before the fight between the forts and a
-strange war-ship.
-
-“All right; get in,” he said finally.
-
-In several minutes Ta-Ling was greeted warmly by the officer of the
-deck of the “Albaque.” The latter was glad to see the Chinaman again.
-The quartermaster of the gunboat had persisted that the launch of the
-Chinaman had not landed, but had gone down the river, and the young
-officer had commenced to fear that he had been duped into giving up
-both the captain’s correspondence and the Chinese refugee.
-
-“May I see your captain?” Ta-Ling asked anxiously. “It’s of the utmost
-importance.”
-
-“My captain has not returned!” the officer exclaimed, alarm in his
-voice.
-
-“Where is he? quick, man! Everything depends upon my finding him at
-once,” Ta-Ling cried in vexation.
-
-“He was with you; the launch was waiting for him,” the officer
-returned, catching his breath, his heart in his throat.
-
-“I haven’t seen him since this morning,” the Chinaman declared
-impatiently. “Does no one know of his whereabouts?”
-
-The officer was rooted to the spot from fright. His throat was parched
-with fear and his tongue unruly.
-
-“You were here to-night asking for the papers of the captain,” he
-managed to gasp, his worst fears realized.
-
-“You’re dreaming, man,” Ta-Ling retorted almost angrily. “Come,
-explain! What do you mean?”
-
-The officer related to the anxious Chinaman how some one whom he could
-have taken oath was he had come on board from a launch and he had given
-him the copies of his captain’s letters to the viceroy, and also a
-Chinese refugee who had escaped on board from the shore.
-
-Ta-Ling groaned in anguish as the full significance of this news dawned
-upon him. The Americans evidently had Emmons--and his chart. But had
-they escaped? That was surely the cause of the firing.
-
-“What was the firing?” Ta-Ling asked hurriedly.
-
-“An American monitor and the forts,” the officer replied in a shaky
-voice.
-
-“What have I done?” he added questioningly, much terrified over the
-results of his indiscretion.
-
-“You’ve given your captain’s letters to his enemy, for one thing,” the
-Chinaman answered in his cruel voice, “and besides you have liberated a
-man----”
-
-A shrill cry from the steam launch, which had, while waiting for the
-Chinaman, hauled out to the lower boom to lie more securely in the
-tideway, cut short Ta-Ling’s words and drew the two men to the rail.
-
-“There’s a man tied hand and foot in this boat,” called out the
-coxswain in alarm. “It’s the captain!” he exclaimed with many
-imprecations upon those who had perpetrated the deed.
-
-“Cut him loose, quick!” the officer cried excitedly.
-
-Eager hands quickly cut the tight cords, and Commander Ignacio soon
-stood on his quarter-deck.
-
-“An hour ago I would have throttled you if you’d stood here before
-me,” were his first words, spoken hoarsely and with difficulty to the
-Chinaman, “but I see it all now. We’ve been unmercifully duped.”
-
-[Illustration: “_THERE IS STILL A CHANCE_”]
-
-With many bitter recriminations the whole plot and its disastrous
-success was discussed. Commander Ignacio could barely control his rage
-against the young officer who had innocently betrayed him.
-
-“Come, we must act at once!” Ta-Ling finally exclaimed. “There is still
-a chance.”
-
-The foreign captain’s face brightened as he questioned eagerly the
-excited secretary.
-
-“The channel will be useless to the fleet if we can burn off the reed
-grass,” Ta-Ling explained quickly. “The land itself is low and will
-not hide the gunboats from the forts. But we must be quick. That
-fire-eating American will start immediately he receives the information
-of this channel.”
-
-“Come to my cabin,” Ignacio ordered in a low voice, glancing
-suspiciously at his abashed lieutenant.
-
-“If I understand you,” he continued as the door closed behind them,
-“you ask me to aid you in burning the vegetation on this island.”
-
-“Certainly!” Ta-Ling cried impatiently. “Isn’t it to your interest that
-this American does not succeed?”
-
-“Softly,” cautioned the foreign captain; “we don’t want our talk to
-be common property,” indicating by a motion of his hand the hatchway
-leading to the sleeping quarters of his officers; “some one may be
-awake down there.”
-
-Ignacio pondered for a few seconds. To go in his own launch and set
-fire to this island would betray his part in the intrigue with the
-viceroy. His sailors could not be depended upon to keep such a secret.
-
-“I see no alternative but to decline,” he continued decidedly. “You
-must do this act yourself; my men could not be trusted with such a
-secret.”
-
-“I will furnish the men,” Ta-Ling cried, beside himself with
-impatience. “You must furnish me a launch with some one to run it; but
-hurry, man,” he urged excitedly. “The grass must be burned off before
-the fleet arrives at the island, or else we are defeated.”
-
-Commander Ignacio immediately awoke to action. The thought of the
-lieutenant who had innocently betrayed him came happily to his mind; he
-could run the engine and the sailors could remain on board ship. The
-secret would be safe with this officer. No one could connect him with
-the act of burning the island.
-
-The lieutenant was called and was eager to regain his captain’s favor.
-Ten minutes later the launch from the “Albaque,” manned by the Chinese
-soldiers, with Commander Ignacio himself at the helm, had quietly left
-the gunboat.
-
-Reaching the northern point of the island, a landing was made and a
-Chinaman landed, armed with instructions from the viceroy’s secretary
-to set fire to the grass in as many places as possible and to return in
-time to be picked up on the launch’s return.
-
-The launch then steamed down stream, stopping at several points to land
-the soldiers.
-
-As yet, all was well. The launch had run the complete length of the
-long island, landing the incendiary soldiers; the south end of the
-island was only a few hundred yards ahead. Ta-Ling directed the foreign
-captain to steer once more to the steep shore. There were no more
-soldiers remaining; the ten men had all been landed and ten fires were
-by now burning fiercely in as many places on the long island. Stepping
-ashore, he was soon lost in the high grass towering over twenty
-feet above him. Lighting a fire-brand, hastily made of dry reeds, he
-carefully applied it, as he walked along, to the dying vegetation. Now
-in an hour the island would be a blazing furnace. For the rest of the
-night the channels would be lighted as bright as day. Even the monitors
-would not dare to attempt to pass the forts until the following night,
-and by that time he would have fully revenged himself on the Americans
-and escaped to the interior. He smiled cruelly as his thoughts dwelt
-upon his cunning ruse upon the viceroy; the mandarin, in his excited
-fear, had signed the order to Hang-Ki to withdraw his soldiers from the
-mission to protect the forts. Now the bloodthirsty rabble, armed and
-organized by him (Ta-Ling), could with impunity hurl themselves upon
-the mission.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XX
-
-RUNNING THE BATTERIES
-
-
-The midshipmen gazed fearfully toward the island. What could it mean?
-Had the grass on the island been fired, and if so, would the fire reach
-dangerous proportions before the fleet had safely passed its shelter?
-What was the meaning of the launch ahead of their own?
-
-Suddenly from a point on the far end of the island a single flame of
-fire shot in the air; the breeze caught it, helping it forward on its
-career of destruction. Quickly at intermediate points fires appeared
-to spring to life out of the very ground. Then, as if to complete the
-picture of failure in Phil’s mind, a heavy reverberation shook the dry
-air and the noise of a screeching shell came to his ears.
-
-“It’s the end,” gasped Phil as the search-light from the fort appeared
-suddenly, as if the monstrous guns had been awakened from a sound
-sleep and opened this one bright, piercing eye.
-
-The midshipmen were spellbound with fear as they saw the beam of light
-sweep slowly along the island, penetrating the thick grass. For an
-instant, as the bright ray swept by, the launch ahead stood out in bold
-outline.
-
-“Ignacio’s launch!” Sydney exclaimed, aghast. Then the enemy dissolved
-into the night. The light moved over their own launch and then step by
-step approached the southern end of the island where, the lads knew,
-was the column of advancing gunboats.
-
-An exclamation of relief escaped Phil as he saw the beam of light
-stop and then sweep back along the island. As yet, the gunboats were
-undiscovered.
-
-A terrible anxiety filled the lad’s mind. By now Commander Hughes would
-know the meaning of the numerous fires. Would he turn back, believing
-the attempt to run the forts would be a useless sacrifice? Here was
-a situation from which there could be no protection. The channel ran
-close to the island; the grass was dry and burned like a prairie fire.
-After the great bonfire had once gained its head no living thing could
-remain in the channel. In a half hour the fire would have devoured the
-protecting screen and the gunboats would be in the direct view of the
-fort guns.
-
-After the first alarm gun the forts had become silent, but the lads
-watched the search-light swing back toward the allied fleet. Then
-Phil’s heart seemed to stop beating, then beat faster for joy as the
-hull of the “Phœnix” appeared, standing out ghastly in the glow of the
-conflagration, steaming boldly onward; the white surge under the bow
-showed the effort Commander Hughes was making to take his fleet as soon
-as possible through the waters of the dangerous channel. Then the lads
-saw the terrible light sweep along the length of the following column;
-deliberately it moved, revealing one after another of the unprotected
-gunboats.
-
-Then the sound of the fire so close at hand was drowned by a sullen
-roar as the guns of the forts hurled their great shells toward the
-daring gunboats, hastening forward silently to put the flames of the
-burning island between them and this irresistible menace.
-
-“If they can get behind the fire before it gets too hot they’ll be
-safe,” Phil cried clutching Sydney’s arm in his excitement. “They can’t
-see through the fire; even the search-light will be useless.”
-
-“How many guns have you?” O’Neil asked suddenly. The boatswain’s mate
-had in silence steered after the launch ahead, urging Emmons time and
-again to encourage his men to speed the gasoline engine up to its
-limit. “We can’t be no use to them gunboats,” he added in explanation;
-“our job is to catch the fellows that set this here island on fire.”
-
-Phil withdrew his attention with difficulty from the terrible one-sided
-battle raging astern of them, to answer the sailor’s question.
-
-“There are two stacks[3] and a thousand rounds of ammunition. Can we
-catch them?” he questioned eagerly.
-
-“If we can’t, we can stop ’em with twelve rifles,” O’Neil replied
-grimly.
-
-“I don’t dare fire on the launch,” Phil cried. “If we can overhaul
-them, that’s another matter.”
-
-The spectacle now revealed to those on the launch was awe inspiring.
-The forts had developed into a blaze of fire, while all about the
-advancing gunboats shells struck incessantly. The sides of the small
-vessels had burst into flame as they fired their small guns at the
-distant enemy. The high vegetation on the island near them burned with
-ever-increasing rapidity, the flames mounting high in the air and
-lighting the surroundings as bright as dawn.
-
-The “Phœnix” now had entered the channel, and with her battery silent
-cut swiftly through the brightly lighted water. The air was shaken by
-the noise of shell and the shock of explosions.
-
-The flame of fire from the burning island formed a fiery veil, through
-which the eye could not penetrate, but by the increased roar of
-explosions and discharges, the lads felt confident that the monitors
-were now engaging the forts.
-
-Another and even greater danger suddenly confronted the allies. The
-breeze, which had been light, now had increased and was blowing the
-suffocating smoke toward the channel. In a short while as the fire
-gained headway the channel would be enshrouded in thick smoke through
-which it would be well-nigh impossible to see. If by a fatal chance a
-gunboat mistook the channel it would remain hard and fast aground and
-in the morning would be destroyed by the forts.
-
-The “Phœnix” was now close aboard, a wave under her forefoot showing
-her burst of speed. The air every minute became hotter and more
-stifling and those on the launch without protection would soon suffer
-from the scorching heat of the flames.
-
-A line whistled over the launch, while Commander Hughes’ cool voice
-directed:
-
-“Make it fast, and keep under our lee. We’ll protect you from the heat.”
-
-Quickly the tow-line was secured in the bow of the launch and those
-on board the smaller vessel were almost thrown from their feet as the
-launch was dragged forward by the tautening of the tow-rope.
-
-Thicker and thicker, and more stifling, became the smoke. The Americans
-wet their handkerchiefs, putting them over their mouths to enable them
-to breathe.
-
-Phil wondered how the following gunboats were faring. The screech
-of shell was no longer heard near them, but the reverberations of
-discharges still smote upon their ears.
-
-Then after what seemed hours of anxious waiting they emerged into the
-clear night. Filling their lungs with the pure air the lads gazed about
-them. The island, a mass of soaring flame, was behind them, and far
-away on the port quarter they could see the stirring spectacle of the
-monitors hotly engaging the forts. The city of Ku-Ling had been passed;
-the lights of the three anchored gunboats were indistinctly visible in
-the darkness.
-
-“Where’s the launch?” Sydney exclaimed, gazing searchingly about him.
-
-“She’s back to the ‘Albaque’ by this time,” Phil replied
-disappointedly. “If we could have only caught them red handed. That
-means that Ta-Ling and Ignacio have both been set free, for only they
-would set fire to the island.”
-
-Inside of ten minutes, Captain Hughes’ voice hailed them:
-
-“Let go the line. We are going to anchor.”
-
-The line was quickly cast off and a moment later, the lads were on
-the deck of the gunboat, warmly congratulating their captain upon his
-well-earned success.
-
-“Signal the monitors to join us and be ready to land their sailors,”
-the captain ordered the signal officer, then turning to Langdon, “We
-must take the chance from this side. Perhaps we shall find the bridge
-intact.”
-
-The allied gunboats one after another dropped their anchors near the
-“Phœnix.” As they passed the American vessel the crews manned the rails
-with lusty cheers, which the “Phœnix’s” crew returned with a will.
-
-“Here they come,” Sydney exclaimed in admiration as the two victorious
-and unharmed monitors steamed swiftly toward their flagship and
-anchored one on each quarter.
-
-“This is to be only an American expedition,” Commander Hughes declared
-to the eager midshipmen. “Four hundred men all told from the three
-ships.”
-
-Quietly and without confusion the American war-ships lowered their
-boats and embarked their sailors. And inside of twenty minutes after
-anchoring the strong force had started for the shore to push forward to
-the relief of the mission.
-
-Phil and Sydney remained with Commander Hughes, who had elected to lead
-the force in person.
-
-As the boats grounded upon the sandy shore the sailors noiselessly
-fell in ranks under their officers. The American captain, with Langdon
-as guide, took the lead, followed closely by the two midshipmen with
-O’Neil and a dozen men. The main force came along a hundred yards
-behind them.
-
-As yet all was silent. The forts had ceased their fire, and no sound
-came from the direction of the mission.
-
-The force moved at a lively pace over the rough ground. The sailors
-had been cautioned to move noiselessly, and all loose metal had
-been carefully muffled; everything depended upon the possibility of
-surprise, or else upon gaining admittance to the compound of the
-mission before the enemy had gathered to the attack.
-
-Phil marched by Langdon’s side; his blood warmed for adventure, and he
-hoped that this time he would be able to see and enjoy the fighting.
-During the few minutes in the attack on Lien-Chow, he had been so much
-occupied in forcing Commander Ignacio to charge the enemy that he had
-failed to take note of all save the sound of the bullets as they had
-whistled past him. He rejoiced in the coolness and tact shown on all
-occasions by his friend Langdon; his duty was not to fight, yet he was
-ever eager to risk his life wherever Commander Hughes suggested.
-
-The Americans moved steadily onward, Langdon time and again leaving
-the narrow road to circle a small hamlet with its shading willow trees
-in an endeavor to avoid the discovering bark of the always-present
-Chinese dog. Fortunately the countryside was deserted; there were no
-travelers on the road to flee and give warning of the approaching band
-of hostiles.
-
-As the distance to the mission diminished, the sailors grasped their
-rifles more firmly, ever expecting to hear the discharges and see the
-flashes of the guns of an ambushing enemy.
-
-While the expedition was ascending a small hill covered with the graves
-of centuries of China’s dead, Langdon turned quietly to his captain
-and pointed to an indistinct mass coming in sight beyond the ridge
-ahead of them.
-
-“The mission,” he whispered; then he stopped in his tracks, while those
-behind pressed forward eagerly to know the cause. The metallic bark of
-a Colt gun rang out distantly on the quiet evening air, accompanied by
-the duller rattle of musketry. The mission was already being attacked.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXI
-
-TO THE RESCUE OF THE MISSION
-
-
-The ominous sound of strife sent shivers up and down Phil’s spine; the
-mission was surrounded by a force far in excess of the handful guarding
-the helpless ones inside its wall; but the droning sound of the Colt
-gun was reassuring; it showed that Lieutenant Wilson had been on the
-alert, and he knew that officer well enough to believe that he would
-sacrifice himself and every man with him before the women and children
-were allowed to fall into the hands of the cruel Chinese mob.
-
-These thoughts flashed through Phil’s mind while the sailors quickened
-their pace in obedience to Commander Hughes’ orders.
-
-Reaching the crest of the hill, Phil gazed with his companions through
-the darkness down upon the valley between the mission hill and the one
-on which they were standing.
-
-“Don’t deploy yet,” Langdon cautioned in a whisper to the American
-commander, who, he observed, was on the point of forming for the
-attack; “we must cross the bridge over that irrigation ditch in the
-middle of the valley; you can see the shadow of willows along it from
-here. Once across that, all will be clear ground between us and the
-mission.”
-
-They pressed forward until the pilot raised his hand warningly and
-Commander Hughes signaled a halt. Langdon, motioning Phil to accompany
-him, left the column and advanced cautiously along the road toward the
-bridge, concealed from their view by a group of willow trees. Reaching
-the bridge, the pilot examined carefully the bamboo structure, then he
-gingerly placed his heavy foot on the wooden planking, testing it with
-his great weight of over two hundred pounds. Motioning Phil to remain
-where he was, he then walked cautiously across the bridge to test the
-fastenings on the other side of the deep ditch. The midshipmen saw his
-huge bulk dissolve in the darkness, but in a few moments he returned
-and his discovery was calculated to bring despair to the stoutest
-heart. They quickly joined the main body, waiting impatiently to push
-forward to the rescue of their comrades.
-
-“Many of the lashings are cut on the far side, sir,” Langdon exclaimed
-in a low, excited voice; “one or two men at a time can probably cross
-in safety, but no more. There is no other bridge for five miles, and
-that may be in a similar condition.”
-
-Here indeed was an effective stop to the eager sailors in sight of the
-battle between their comrades and the bloodthirsty enemy. The volume of
-musketry fire directed upon the mission had increased alarmingly, and
-at frequent intervals came the roar of artillery.
-
-“Breaching the wall or shelling the gate,” Phil whispered in an awed
-voice as his eyes caught the flash of a heavy explosion at the base
-of the wall. His gaze, accustomed to the darkness, traveled over the
-ground across the ditch; it was strewn with high mounds, graves of
-forgotten Chinamen, and the lad saw that the natural protection offered
-excellent cover for the sailors when once across the shaky bridge
-structure; but, and a great fear rose in his mind, it would also aid
-the enemy in its endeavor to prevent the rescuers from crossing the
-nearly destroyed structure. Were those mounds even now concealing a
-large force of Chinese soldiers, who, when the unwary foreigners had
-rushed upon the tottering bridge, and many had fallen to the bottom
-of the deep culvert fifty feet below, would open fire upon their
-demoralized comrades, cut off from further attempts to succor those
-inside the mission compound?
-
-The sailors advanced in silence to the edge of the ditch, and then
-Commander Hughes, grasping Langdon’s arm, stepped boldly upon the
-treacherous planking, whispering to the midshipman hurriedly:
-
-“Stay on this side and send the men over two at a time.”
-
-As soon as the midshipman saw that his captain and the pilot were
-safely on the other side, he and Sydney silently selected two sailors
-to follow; then in turn two more to cross the intervening space. Slowly
-those on the wrong side of the bridge decreased; Phil could see that
-Commander Hughes had deployed his men to protect the bridge in case of
-a sudden attack, while he and Langdon at the far side of the bridge
-were receiving and instructing the men after they had crossed the
-swaying structure. Then without warning, a flash of flame shot out into
-the night from the direction of the Chinese graves, and the screech of
-hostile bullets sounded loudly about the foreigners. Phil, from his
-position, saw the figures beyond the bridge seek refuge behind a high
-mound, and then the reverberation of the sailors’ rifles told him that
-Commander Hughes was returning the fire in the hopes of protecting from
-the hot fire of the enemy those still to cross the ditch.
-
-The bridge was already swept by a hail of lead; a groan from a man at
-his side told him that unless they crossed quickly, there would be but
-few remaining at all to cross the tottering bamboo. He sent five men at
-a time, watching fearfully until he saw them disappear in the gloom;
-then six followed; the bridge stood the weight, but swayed and seemed
-on the point of falling. There were now but four remaining, Sydney and
-two men, one of whom lay sorely wounded on the ground at his feet.
-
-“Go, Syd!” the lad exclaimed to his brother midshipman. The lad shook
-his head, forcing the remaining sailor before him; then by mutual
-consent he and Phil lifted tenderly the wounded man.
-
-Carefully they picked their way across the bullet-swept, swaying
-structure. With their burden, they reached the middle in safety; Phil
-shuddered as his eyes took one fleeting glance at the fall below him.
-Amid the noise of strife, the tearing of the thongs, holding the bridge
-on the far side, gave the two officers no warning, and not until the
-floor tilted to an unnerving angle did they see that they must hasten
-if they would not be precipitated to the bottom of the ditch. The
-wounded man was a dead weight on their hands; Phil, when he had felt
-the bridge sinking under him, ran his hand nervously over the face of
-the wounded sailor; the drooping jaw told him that he had passed beyond
-mortal aid.
-
-“He’s dead; save yourself!” he cried loudly to his companion as he let
-fall his burden and sprang forward.
-
-By almost superhuman effort, side by side, the whistle of the enemy’s
-bullets in their ears, they threw themselves at the rising earth as
-their platform with increasing speed sank beneath them.
-
-Clutching at the crumbling earth, digging their fingers deep into the
-rank grass, while the bridge behind them fell with a great crash into
-the stagnant and noisome water fifty feet below, the two lads drew
-themselves up, breathless but safe.
-
-Phil quickly found Commander Hughes, who had sought cover behind a
-mound and was waiting until his men became steadied before giving the
-order to advance.
-
-Langdon threw his great arms about the lads as they reached the
-protecting earth mound, while the captain’s voice struck encouragingly
-upon their ears.
-
-“Splendid!” he exclaimed.
-
-“He was dead, sir,” Phil said sorrowfully. “We couldn’t have saved his
-body and ourselves too.”
-
-Silence lasted for several minutes, each reverencing the visit of death.
-
-“We must win now!” Commander Hughes exclaimed grimly. “And we must
-repair that bridge before we can return. But come; we must leave our
-cover and drive these Chinamen from our path.”
-
-Suiting his action to his words, he blew a shrill blast from his
-whistle, the signal on the skirmish line for “attention.”
-
-“Forward,” he commanded in a voice that sounded loudly above the din of
-musketry.
-
-The sailors sprang forward with enthusiasm; the long wait under the
-fire of an unseen enemy had bottled up their energy. Each sailor’s
-foremost desire was to come to close quarters with the treacherous
-Chinamen. The long, slender line moved upward toward the mission crest;
-the men taking cover as they found it, and shooting when their keen
-eyes discerned a shadowy form skulking away before their advance into
-the darker shadows.
-
-The sharp rattle of the Colt guns told the advancing men that the
-mission was stubbornly resisting.
-
-Phil moved incessantly along the advancing skirmish line, carrying
-orders from his captain to the flank companies; the alarming song of
-the bullets ever in his ears.
-
-“Press forward, keeping the guide on the center!” had been Commander
-Hughes’ simple instructions, and faithfully were they being carried out
-by the determined men. The mission loomed through the darkness scarce
-five hundred yards distant; the tongues of flame from its wall answered
-by cries of rage and defiance from the enemy’s position inspired the
-rescuing sailors to renewed exertions to reach the protecting compound.
-The Chinese who had opened fire upon the Americans during the passage
-across the ill-fated bridge had stolen away toward the shadowy flanks;
-between the advancing sailors and their objective there were now no
-answering shots. Then suddenly the battery which had been hurling shell
-at the stone wall of the mission turned its fierce attention upon the
-unprotected rescuers.
-
-“Seek cover!” Commander Hughes ordered; and the men huddled together
-in groups, thankful for the homes of the dead, which furnished such
-perfect protection from the well-directed fire of grape and canister
-from the Chinese artillery, now giving its undivided attention to the
-approaching reënforcements.
-
-Commander Hughes saw that a new danger confronted the success of his
-undertaking; those in the mission as yet could not know of the close
-proximity of their friends, and might they not in their vigorous
-defense turn the muzzles of their Colt guns against them? The thought
-was fearful to contemplate.
-
-“Mr. Perry,” he ordered in a strained voice, “those guns,” pointing
-to the hill on the right from which long tongues of flame darted
-momentarily, “must be silenced. We dare not advance further under their
-murderous fire. Take a hundred men and flank them.”
-
-Phil gasped at the suddenness of the order, thanking his captain in his
-heart for his confidence in his ability to do what seemed to the lad
-impossible.
-
-“Langdon will show you the way,” Commander Hughes ordered quickly;
-“don’t expose your men to our own fire. I shall endeavor to get word to
-the mission. Mr. Monroe will remain with me.”
-
-As silently as possible Phil selected those to go with him, among them
-being his old friend O’Neil, leading them on a run back toward the
-ditch which had been crossed scarcely a quarter of an hour before;
-then he gathered the men about him to explain the dangerous work for
-which they had been chosen.
-
-“We shall get on the flank of the artillery, and when the order is
-given to advance we must gain a position from which we can charge
-directly upon the battery. The lives of all depend upon our success.”
-
-The men in silence accepted the conditions, and in another minute
-Langdon was leading the small band along the deep ditch in the shadow
-of the bordering trees. After traversing a few hundred yards the pilot
-paused at a road crossing the one they were on.
-
-“This is the road we took the other night,” Langdon whispered; “we
-shall follow it for a short distance and then we shall be on the flank
-and a little in rear of the Chinese position.”
-
-The command moved cautiously forward until the pilot stopped and
-the midshipman knew that the position desired had been reached.
-Deploying his men quietly, he bade them advance silently toward the
-pandemonium of the Chinese attackers ahead of them. While he moved
-forward up the gentle rise of the land he could see distinctly the
-bright flashes from the enemy’s guns, but his own men were as yet
-undiscovered and protected by the intervening crest of the low hill up
-which they were doggedly marching. He glanced fearfully to his left
-to see how Commander Hughes and his men were faring; that part of the
-battle-ground was in darkness; the Chinese seemed now too much absorbed
-in their desire to destroy the mission to give thought to the handful
-of sailors known to have crossed the bridge before it collapsed into
-the ditch below.
-
-Steadily the flanking party advanced toward the coveted position over
-the uneven ground, the men casting apprehensive glances to left and
-right, their rifles held ready for instant conflict.
-
-While Phil’s attention was absorbed by the stirring sight ahead of him,
-against which he would in but a few minutes launch his hundred men in
-what seemed a forlorn hope, to take and silence the formidable battery
-now exerting itself to the utmost to breach the wall of the compound,
-a terrifying danger loomed before him. The sailors in the compound
-were delivering a murderous fire from their Colt guns, directed at the
-troublesome artillery, but many of the bullets were falling alarmingly
-close to the flanking force. The midshipman realized that he must go no
-farther; with the battery scarce three hundred yards in his front and
-his men as yet undiscovered he must call a halt and remain without that
-awful zone of fire until their friends on the mission wall had been
-apprised of his intentions by Commander Hughes.
-
-The word was passed quietly by word of mouth along the line, and the
-sailors, keyed to the highest pitch of excitement, threw themselves
-face downward on the ground, while less than a hundred yards ahead of
-them a storm of bullets swept every inch of the soil.
-
-“It looks black,” Langdon breathed in the grass close to Phil’s ear as
-they both were racked by ominous foreboding while watching the sweep
-of the devastating stream of bullets; “they haven’t got word to the
-mission yet that we are here; if those guns are pointed ten degrees
-further this way, it will be all up with us. See,” he added pointing
-in the direction of the active artillery, “those guns are behind
-intrenchments, for otherwise the Chinese could not have stood such a
-murderous fire for a minute. It’s withering,” he gasped with a shudder,
-while the singing of bullets redoubled, seeming to be slowly drawing
-their deadly zone nearer to encompass the crouching sailors.
-
-Phil cast his anxious eyes often on the dark slope of the mission hill
-where he had left the main force under Commander Hughes, but the night
-was too dark for him to discover what was going forward. There was
-nothing for him to do save wait with what patience he could muster. To
-rush ahead could mean but annihilation at the hands of his own guns. He
-must not open fire upon the battery, so close that the smell of burning
-powder was rank in his nostrils; to do so might draw the fire of the
-Colt guns, for how could the mission know that help was so near at hand?
-
-After what seemed an eternity to the anxious men, the fire of the Colt
-guns suddenly ceased, while from the Chinese position, believing no
-doubt that their enemy was weakening, a great volume of musketry fire
-added its roar to that of the big guns. Phil felt the moment had come;
-the cessation of the rhythmical discharges of the Colt guns must be the
-result of communication between Commander Hughes and those defending
-the compound. He glanced anxiously through the night toward the hidden
-enemy, while he was at that moment framing the words which would send
-his hundred men in a mad dash against an intrenched foe, counting their
-numbers by the thousands.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXII
-
-THE LAST CHARGE
-
-
-With the order to charge trembling on his lips, Phil hesitated. What
-did the silence of the mission tell him? Had Commander Hughes succeeded
-in gaining an entrance, and had the mission ceased its fire by his
-order to allow the midshipman’s party to flank the battery so intent
-upon breaching the wall through which the savage horde would surge into
-the enclosure, butchering every Christian found there?
-
-He turned to O’Neil, lying quietly beside him in the high grass.
-Through many adventures the lad had become thoroughly convinced of the
-sailor’s good and calm judgment. He turned to him now, a grave fear
-in his mind that precious moments were slipping away, yet if he made
-a mistake and that withering fire should again be loosened, all would
-indeed be lost.
-
-“Are they waiting to allow us to advance?” he whispered, half rising to
-his feet.
-
-“Wait,” O’Neil cautioned; “if they know we’re here they’ll signal.
-See!” he added, his eyes fixed upon the mission.
-
-Even as he spoke, a bright light flamed suddenly above the wall, its
-appearance awakening the enemy to renewed action.
-
-Each of the hundred sailors turned his eyes expectantly toward the
-mission. The light burned brightly and then flickered regularly and
-evenly for a few seconds, again burning steadily.
-
-“You’re right; signal!” Phil exclaimed, straining his eyes to read the
-message which he knew would be spelled out by that flashing light.
-
-Slowly, painfully the bright point of light appeared and disappeared;
-all who knew the navy code were reading, with muscles tense and breath
-held tight, the encouraging words flashing to them from across the
-intervening darkness:
-
-“We are holding our fire.”
-
-There was small need to give the order to charge; every sailor in that
-impatient line in but a moment knew that those in the mission were
-waiting and trusting to them for deliverance from the murderous fire of
-the Chinese artillery.
-
-The lad rose to his feet, grasping his revolver firmly, and as one
-man the sailors swept forward. Three hundred yards ahead four pieces
-of modern artillery were battering away at the concrete wall of the
-mission, while dusky figures, believing their foe had been silenced,
-swarmed boldly over the grassy slopes behind and on either side of the
-guns. So noiselessly did Phil’s men advance that the enemy were even
-now ignorant of the presence of a foe so near at hand.
-
-“When we charge,” Langdon whispered breathlessly, “order the men to
-yell; the Chinese are as much afraid of noise as they are of bullets.”
-
-Phil had always trained his men in their drills to charge cheering. Now
-the time had arrived; in the next hundred yards the men would surely be
-exposed to the view and fire of their enemy; concealment then would not
-be an advantage; the Chinese should see and hear the danger in order
-to have it strike terror to their hearts.
-
-Raising his whistle to his lips, Phil blew a shrill blast.
-
-“Open fire!” he shouted at the top of his lungs, “and charge, men,
-cheering!” he added, raising his voice in an excited shout as he sprang
-forward, leading the way toward the now startled enemy.
-
-The sailor line, an advancing sheet of flame, charged straight for
-the crest of the hill in front. The Chinese, occupied in their
-attack on the mission, had never dreamed that the small body of men
-believed to have crossed the bridge would dare attack a position as
-impregnable as theirs. Then out of the night, without warning, what
-seemed to their superstitious minds a thousand yelling demons came as
-lightning towards them. If these were the foreigners that had crossed
-the bridge a miracle had been wrought and their number increased a
-hundredfold; their simple minds were ready to believe that the despised
-foreign devils had taken wings and flown across the unbridged ditch.
-An unreasonable terror seized the surprised Orientals; some threw
-down their guns and deserted precipitously, while others showed their
-military training in turning gallantly and firing fiercely at the
-rapidly approaching attackers; some even made a vain effort to turn the
-artillery in the direction of the unlooked-for attack, but the charging
-Americans were amongst them before a single gun could be moved.
-
-His revolver tightly gripped, Phil fired blindly at the shadowy forms
-now but a few yards from him; the bright flashes of his shots revealing
-the terror in his victims’ faces as they gave way before him, and
-then screaming with pain and an unconquerable fear, melted into the
-night. Deafeningly in his ears rang the discharges of both the pilot’s
-and O’Neil’s revolvers, unerringly mowing down those who dared stand
-in their path, while on either side he saw his men fire volley after
-volley into the mass of totally demoralized Asiatics. Without leaders
-to stay them, their wild terror had put wings to their feet, and in but
-a few minutes the Americans found themselves in undisputed possession
-of the fortified position held so recently by their enemy.
-
-Phil could hardly believe his eyes; he glanced joyfully about him at
-the four guns and his exultant men crowding into the enemy’s deserted
-trenches. O’Neil’s cool voice soon brought him to a realization of his
-duty; his thoughts had been full of his easily-won victory against such
-a formidable foe.
-
-“We must hold this hill,” the sailor exclaimed; “if the Chinese find
-out how few men we have they’ll try to retake it.”
-
-“You’re right, O’Neil,” he answered quickly; “but I must send word to
-Commander Hughes. I’ll stay here while you, Langdon, take a dozen men
-and give the captain the news; he may have some new move in mind.”
-
-Langdon readily agreed, and after a hand-clasp with the midshipman, the
-pilot led his handful of men back toward the main American force.
-
-After his friend had gone, Phil, with his boatswain’s mate, looked
-carefully over the situation. He saw with joy that the enemy had left a
-great store of ammunition for the artillery pieces, and that the guns
-were similar to those his men used for drill on board ship. He started
-his men to work with a will and in a few minutes they had turned the
-guns’ muzzles away from the mission and directed them toward the line
-of the enemy’s flight.
-
-“This is the very thing, sir,” O’Neil cried, showing the midshipman
-a shell which he recognized at once as canister; “they can’t do much
-against us if we can find plenty of that kind.”
-
-Phil immediately ordered a search, with the result that nearly half of
-all the ammunition boxes were found to contain these deadly cartridges.
-
-Scarcely had the survey been completed when the Americans found
-themselves suddenly subjected to a heavy musketry fire from the
-direction taken by the fleeing enemy; the lad could see distinctly
-shadowy forms darting here and there from behind the mound-like graves,
-and each moment the figures drew closer and seemed bolder; Phil
-realized that their enemy had been rallied in its precipitous retreat
-by a trusted leader and now the reassured Chinese were advancing
-intent upon recapturing the guns which they had abandoned in their
-demoralized stampede. A few of his men had already opened fire upon
-the misty forms, but the lad saw at once that the battery could not be
-saved by the weak fire of less than a hundred rifles.
-
-“Cease firing!” he shouted above the increasing din of battle. “To the
-guns, men; load with canister!”
-
-Obediently the sailors dropped their rifles and took their stations
-at the four guns, the leading men, petty officers, instructing those
-under them as coolly as if they were but drilling recruits on board
-ship. Phil heard the metallic rasping of the shells as they were loaded
-into the breeches of the guns and the silvery ring of the breech plugs
-thrown quickly shut. The guns’ crews stood silently ready, waiting for
-the word from their young leader.
-
-Controlling his excitement, the lad delayed the expectant word to open
-fire; the Chinese, in their eagerness to discredit the bravery of their
-enemy, mistook the silence to mean that the foreigners had retreated
-and came boldly on, shouting their fanatical war-songs and exposing
-their numbers to the view of the Americans waiting to open upon them
-with their own artillery. The sailors trained their artillery pieces in
-silence, keeping the muzzles pointed in the direction of the reckless
-horde of delirious Chinamen.
-
-Then swiftly at a word from the midshipman the four guns in unison
-roared out a challenge, leaving death and destruction in the path of
-the hundreds of bullets fired at once from the bores of the guns. Again
-the reverberation shook the hilltop and again the leaden hail poured
-into the now disordered ranks of the advancing fanatics. As rapidly as
-if the guns’ crews were at target practice, the four guns spoke, each
-time cutting deep gaps in the enemy’s line. After a feeble attempt to
-rally the disordered legions, the Chinese leaders turned and fled,
-followed by the already stampeded soldiers.
-
-Having assured himself that this time the enemy would not be likely to
-return, Phil gave the order to cease firing and then turned his eyes
-expectantly toward the mission, realizing that its inmates had seen the
-attack and were doubtless anxious of the final outcome. However, in
-but a few minutes the signal-light appeared and flashed out a message
-which showed the boy that his captain had understood that he had
-gallantly repulsed the sudden attack:
-
-“Am coming to join you.”
-
-Ten minutes later Commander Hughes, with a hundred more men at his
-back, stood beside Phil in the enemy’s trenches; his captain was
-unstinting in his praises, while Sydney, who had accompanied him,
-hugged his chum delightedly; Langdon stood by an amused and pleased
-spectator.
-
-“You’ve taught the enemy a lesson which they will not soon forget,” the
-American captain exclaimed, “and they will not be likely to wish to
-try conclusions with us again to-night, but at the same time we cannot
-afford to treat the Chinese with too much scorn.”
-
-Phil quickly explained the find of canister, and the captain, much to
-O’Neil’s embarrassment, called him up before the assembled sailors and
-complimented him upon his ready resource.
-
-“It’s men like you, O’Neil,” he said warmly, “that make an expedition
-of this kind possible.”
-
-O’Neil even in the darkness grinned sheepishly, as if he had been
-discovered doing something for which he ought to have been ashamed.
-
-Great was the rejoicing in the mission at the unlooked-for deliverance,
-and upon Commander Hughes’ order the relieved non-combatants quietly
-packed up their most treasured belongings, ready to be conveyed through
-the enemy’s country to the protection of the war-ships.
-
-It being found impossible to save the captured guns, Phil, with
-O’Neil’s aid, deftly dismantled the breech mechanisms and, securing
-a heavy axe from the mission, rendered quite useless the delicately
-fitting parts, giving the sailors the damaged pieces to carry to the
-ditch where they would be thrown into the stagnant water at the bottom.
-
-The missionaries, with tears in their eyes, bid farewell to their home,
-expecting that after the sailors had gone, the Chinese would return
-and send up in smoke that spacious monument to their earnest labors in
-China. The party was obliged to make a wide detour to reach a bridge
-some miles from the one crossed earlier in the night.
-
-Dawn was breaking when the commander led his victorious men with the
-rescued missionaries safely to the bank of the river, where small
-boats were waiting to transport them to the protection of the American
-war-ships. As the last of the refugees disembarked at the gangway of
-the “Phœnix,” the sun peeped out from behind the distant hills.
-
-Phil and Sydney longed for a few hours’ sleep, but they well knew that
-if they succumbed to this desire they might miss altogether what they
-felt would be the closing scenes in the drama.
-
-By signal, Commander Hughes at once ordered that all non-combatants be
-sent on board the gunboats, and that the monitors hold themselves in
-readiness to get under way within the hour.
-
-Phil’s hopes ran high as he and Sydney made themselves presentable
-after their strenuous night’s experience.
-
-After a hasty breakfast the lads appeared on deck. There they found
-their captain before them, gazing closely through his binoculars at
-the distant forts.
-
-At the gangway three cutters were lying, and the landing force of the
-“Phœnix,” rifles in hand, were standing in ranks ready to embark.
-
-“March the men into the boats, Wilson,” Commander Hughes ordered
-suddenly, putting his binoculars in their leather case. Then as he
-turned to go below to his cabin, “Mr. Perry, you and Mr. Monroe report
-to Mr. Wilson.”
-
-“Where are we going?” Phil asked excitedly as he saluted the lieutenant.
-
-“To the ‘Monterey,’” Lieutenant Wilson answered, “but that’s as far as
-I know. The captain must expect hot work; each of my men is ordered to
-take two hundred rounds of ammunition.”
-
-“We’re going to storm the walled city,” Sydney exclaimed. “There’s no
-sign of submission on either the forts or the viceroy’s yamen. The
-captain means to rescue the four sailors and carry out his threats upon
-Ku-Ling.”
-
-Phil’s pulses beat faster at the thought. Now war had been declared,
-and his captain believed in striking promptly before his enemy had time
-to gather his forces!
-
-Quickly the sailors were embarked in the waiting boats, and as
-Commander Hughes, accompanied by Langdon, took his place in the stern
-of the leading cutter, the oars were thrust out through the rowlocks
-and the boats pulled with swift strokes alongside the monitor, anchored
-only a few hundred yards down the river from the “Phœnix.”
-
-“Get under way, Barnes,” Commander Hughes ordered as he stepped on
-board the “Monterey,” “and signal the ‘Monadnock’ to follow us. Bend on
-the signal to her to ‘clear ship for action’; the gunboats will remain
-here out of range of the fort guns.”
-
-The stirring call of the bugles sounded with its nerve-tingling ring
-throughout the ship, repeated in a few minutes by the “Monadnock,” and
-with a cheer of delight the crews disappeared below decks to their
-stations for battle.
-
-Inside of fifteen minutes all was in readiness, and the heavy anchors
-were lifted from the bottom of the river.
-
-With all the men not at gun stations behind the thick armor of the
-small river battle-ships, the “Monterey” gracefully turned around close
-to the fleet of anchored gunboats. Phil’s nerves were atingle as he
-heard the admiring cheers of the allies float to them across the water.
-Then the “Monterey,” her huge turret guns loaded and ready to open the
-battle, and followed closely by her consort, steamed swiftly toward the
-hostile forts.
-
-“Break the battle flags,” Commander Hughes ordered in his calm voice,
-standing on the bridge beside the captain of the “Monterey,” while
-Phil, Sydney and Langdon, in the lee of the conning-tower, gazed,
-consumed with excitement, upon the forts, toward which the two big
-twelve-inch guns were pointing. Phil saw on the flagstaff at the top
-of the emplacement the proud yellow banner of China, with its monster
-dragon endeavoring to swallow a red ball, just beyond the reach of its
-fiery nostrils.
-
-“O’Neil is in the turret,” Sydney exclaimed to Phil at his side. “He
-will fire one of the guns. I wonder if he can still shoot the way he
-did at our record target practice when you had the after turret.”
-
-“He’s as steady as a rock,” Phil replied enthusiastically. “I’ll wager
-that every one of his shots will go true. He was the best gun-pointer
-on the ‘Connecticut.’”
-
-“What’s the range?” Commander Hughes inquired, a shade of excitement
-creeping into his voice.
-
-“Three thousand yards, sir,” the officer at the range-finder called out
-hoarsely.
-
-“Fire one shot at the nearest gun emplacement,” the American commander
-ordered the “Monterey’s” captain, “and signal the ‘Monadnock’ to sheer
-up abreast us and when the fort replies swing around and open with her
-broadside.”
-
-Phil saw the alert signalmen swiftly signal with their small hand
-flags the message to their consort, and then immediately afterward
-the “Monadnock,” which had been steaming in the “Monterey’s” wake,
-swung her bow in toward the city of Ku-Ling, which the two vessels
-were rapidly passing. The high wall was thronged with Chinamen; their
-curiosity having overcome their fear of the terrible foreign war-ships.
-
-The next second a heavy roar filled the air and the forts disappeared
-completely from view in the brownish vapor from the turret gun.
-
-Grasping the rail tightly in his excitement, his heart beating like
-a trip-hammer, Phil gazed through the quickly dissolving smoke. The
-sonorous screech of the shell in his ears, he strained his eyes to pick
-up the huge projectile, travelling nearly a half a mile a second toward
-the hostile fort.
-
-Grasping the binoculars from Langdon’s hand, he raised them swiftly
-to his eyes. A black dot appeared, upon which the lad focused his
-attention, as if to lose it might mean a miss. He saw the bird-like
-bolt rise high above the white stone emplacements, and knew on the
-instant, from his long experience watching just such shells at the
-peaceful drill of target practice, that the messenger of destruction,
-filled with an explosive that would scatter death and consternation in
-its path, would go true to its aim.
-
-“Right on top of the emplacement!” he shouted excitedly a half second
-before a liquid fire flashed on the parapet of the forts, while tons of
-earth and rock were scattered in every direction.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXIII
-
-THE FORTS SURRENDER
-
-
-While Phil had been gazing spellbound at the half ton shell, fired by
-O’Neil with such startling effect, Sydney was watching excitedly a
-small squad of Chinese soldiers toiling painfully upward from the gun
-emplacements.
-
-When the roar of discharge shook the air he had seen these small black
-figures throw themselves behind the jutting rocks, and after the
-missile had exploded upon the parapets of the forts, hurling by its
-tremendous force a large gun backward from its substantial mountings,
-these persistent dots of men again appeared to view, creeping steadily
-upward. What did it mean? Were these men deserting their guns?
-
-Sydney heard his captain give the order to reload, and knew that within
-the minute another shell would be speeding toward the enemy. The
-foremost Chinaman had now reached the foot of the great flagstaff, and
-the next second, to the lad’s delight, he saw the yellow banner flutter
-slowly to the ground.
-
-“They are striking their colors,” he cried excitedly.
-
-All eyes turned in glad surprise toward the flagstaff to the right of
-and above the gun emplacements.
-
-“A white flag!” Phil gasped, a tinge of disappointment in his voice, as
-he saw the banner of submission mount the flagpole quickly. Now all was
-over, and he had seen but one shot fired.
-
-“Cease firing!” Commander Hughes hastily ordered, fearing that the
-next shot might, with the white flag displayed on the forts, cause the
-Chinese to think that the monitor had intentionally disregarded the
-sanctity of the emblem, thus precipitating an engagement with the forts
-which the American officer was only too glad to avoid.
-
-The bugles sounded the retreat from firing, and disappointed faces soon
-appeared from the turrets, to gaze out upon the unwelcome white flag
-flaunting in the light morning breeze.
-
-“Follow us,” had been the signal to the “Monadnock,” and the two
-victorious vessels, in column, made a graceful turn and then steamed up
-stream toward the renegade gunboats anchored off Ku-Ling.
-
-“What does it mean?” Phil breathed excitedly to Langdon.
-
-“Something has happened,” Langdon exclaimed, shaking his head in
-mystery.
-
-“The viceroy’s now going to send a flag of truce to us,” Sydney
-suggested; “and I hope Ta-Ling comes with it. I’d certainly like to see
-Phil hand him back the pigtail he borrowed.”
-
-Despite the seriousness of the situation all laughed at the thought of
-the discomfited Chinaman without his cue.
-
-The ships were now passing close to the “Albaque”; the sailors of that
-gunboat watched the American monitors in sullen silence. The midshipmen
-looked in vain for Commander Ignacio; he was not on deck.
-
-“She’s ready to get under way,” Phil exclaimed, pointing to that
-vessel. “See! her anchor gear is rove off and her steam launch has
-been hoisted inboard.” Sure signs indeed that the gunboat was ready to
-move.
-
-The “Monterey” slowly steamed by the renegades until the gate of the
-city came in view from the river; then a rattle of chain announced that
-the war-ship had anchored.
-
-The “Monadnock” had by order stopped astern and upon signal dropped her
-anchor, so that in case of treachery that monitor’s big guns could be
-readily trained on the forts.
-
-“Now, Barnes,” Commander Hughes said with energy, “call away the
-landing force and set them ashore.” Then he drew Lieutenant Wilson
-aside, talking earnestly with him for some minutes.
-
-Inside of another ten minutes the midshipmen found themselves on the
-jetty of the foreign concession, while in ranks along the water front,
-their rifles at the shoulder, stood three hundred stalwart sailors from
-the three American ships.
-
-Phil glanced uneasily toward the high city wall. The gate he could not
-see, but he knew it was closed and the drawbridge raised. Probably the
-Chinamen he had seen on the wall when the monitors steamed down the
-river were now peering out through the hundreds of loopholes, their
-rifles ready to defend their city from the foreign invader, for the lad
-knew that Lieutenant Wilson’s orders had been to rescue the sailors in
-the yamen.
-
-“How shall we cross the moat?” he faltered to Langdon at his side.
-
-The question remained unanswered, for the next moment a heavy discharge
-rent the still air, followed by an explosion near the city wall. Again
-came the shock of firing and Phil saw that the “Monterey’s” big guns
-had been fired at the main gateway of the city.
-
-Shell after shell sped quickly toward the gateway, scarcely five
-hundred yards from the monitor’s guns.
-
-The lads gazed about them in bewilderment. How could this aid them?
-Then the firing ceased and a flag waved rapidly from the war-ship.
-
-“Fours right,” Lieutenant Wilson cried excitedly, hastily leading the
-column to the cross street up which the monitor had fired. Arriving
-there, Phil gasped with admiration at the havoc wrought by the big
-shells. The drawbridge was down across the moat and the great gate of
-wood and iron had been literally torn from its huge hinges and thrown
-bodily fifty feet within the city.
-
-In silence the sailors were led across the drawbridge, Phil noticing
-the severed chains which had allowed the bridge to fall in place, and
-then they were inside the city.
-
-No signs of life were visible, and the open doors and windows of the
-houses showed plainly that the Chinese had departed suddenly, fearing
-the shells of the foreigners.
-
-“To the yamen, Langdon,” Lieutenant Wilson cried eagerly. Then as the
-pilot pointed out the direction: “Fix bayonets!” The rasping of the
-three hundred bayonets as they were adjusted on the rifles lasted for
-half a minute and then Lieutenant Wilson added sharply, “Forward,
-double time.”
-
-At a run the rescuing column swept along the narrow street.
-
-Phil and Sydney eagerly raced ahead, followed closely by the lieutenant
-and Langdon. After but a few minutes the midshipmen reached the gateway
-of the yamen.
-
-An exclamation of grave concern from Sydney caused his companions to
-cast anxious glances toward the expansive parade grounds in front of
-the yamen gate. The sight that met their eyes was indeed disconcerting.
-They had expected no more than feeble resistance, but there before
-them, drawn up as if on parade, was a vast army of Chinese soldiers.
-
-“What’s the meaning of this?” Lieutenant Wilson asked falteringly,
-coming to a sudden stop, while his men gazed in wonder at the thousands
-of well-armed soldiers, apparently in battle array, awaiting the word
-to begin the fight.
-
-“It means that viceroy Chang-Li-Hun has overshot his bolt,” Langdon
-returned joyfully; “these men are of another province. Do you see their
-yellow plumes? The viceroy’s soldiers wear red.
-
-“Sent by Peking,” he added. “It means the viceroy is to be brought to
-account by his government.”
-
-While Langdon was speaking, a horseman rode rapidly toward the
-Americans. Langdon walked out quickly to meet him when he drew rein
-at the edge of the roadway, and immediately addressed him in his own
-language.
-
-Then, after a few moments’ rapid talk, he turned to the lieutenant, a
-broad smile on his face.
-
-“Just as I supposed. They are here to suppress outlaws. His general
-has gone to the forts to confer with Hang-Ki. He says the viceroy has
-refused to receive him.”
-
-“Tell him,” Lieutenant Wilson said hurriedly, “that four of our sailors
-are held prisoners in the yamen, and that I am going to enter by force
-if they refuse to open the gate.”
-
-“He says his men will not interfere,” the pilot returned, after a few
-hurried words with the Chinese officer. “In fact, I believe they’d
-gladly help us. This viceroy is not popular with the Manchus.”
-
-Without more ado Lieutenant Wilson knocked loudly on the gate with the
-butt of his revolver. There followed a whispered consultation from
-beyond the gate and then a small slit slid back suddenly, revealing a
-pair of almond eyes, peering out suspiciously.
-
-Before Langdon could speak, the Chinese officer had dismounted from his
-Tartar pony, and held the owner of the eyes in earnest conversation.
-A moment later the slit was closed sharply, and the officer recoiled
-angrily, muttering invectives at the rudeness of his rebuff.
-
-“He says, break in the gate,” the pilot laughed in amusement.
-
-Anticipating this move, Sydney had led a party of men to where a
-telegraph pole was lying on the ground, ready to replace a pole
-apparently condemned.
-
-“It couldn’t have been handier,” he exclaimed, as the men lifting it
-moved it in position to batter in the gateway.
-
-A few forceful blows, and the American sailors poured through the
-shattered gates.
-
-Another gateway barred further progress, and this was soon sent flying
-to pieces and the foreigners found themselves within the main courtyard
-of the viceroy’s palace. Never before had foreign sailors entered these
-sacred precincts with hostile intent.
-
-“Mr. Perry, you and Mr. Monroe press ahead,” Lieutenant Wilson ordered.
-“You know something of the yamen,” he added, a faint smile on his
-earnest face. “Don’t be rash,” he warned. “I’ll be on hand if you need
-aid, but it looks as if the yamen were deserted.”
-
-Quickly selecting a dozen men, among whom was O’Neil, who had pressed
-forward to the midshipmen’s side upon entering the building, Phil led
-the way toward the viceroy’s private apartments.
-
-The door through which they had entered the night before was bolted
-from within, but by the united weight of Langdon and O’Neil it soon
-opened obediently. They found this room empty, but the door to the
-viceroy’s bedroom was open slightly.
-
-“Careful, Mr. Perry,” O’Neil cried, catching the lad’s arm and drawing
-him back from the open door.
-
-The boatswain’s mate was just in the nick of time. A rifle muzzle had
-suddenly been thrust through the opening and discharged, filling the
-room with the noise of thunder. Phil recoiled in terror, his face
-burning painfully from the heat of the discharge, while his ears were
-deafened.
-
-“Do you see, sir?” O’Neil observed huskily, as he wrenched the rifle
-from the Chinaman’s hand and clubbed him into insensibility before he
-could run. “Always approach an open door with caution and from the
-side.”
-
-Crowding into the viceroy’s bedchamber, the Americans were struck dumb
-by the sadness of the spectacle before them.
-
-There in the great canopied bed lay the form of the aged viceroy; his
-eyes were closed, while upon his parchment-like face had spread the
-pallor of death. The room was empty save for a single figure standing
-beside the bed, a look of mortal fear in his eyes.
-
-“Dead!” Phil whispered in awe at the sight, while he reverently removed
-his cap. The sailors stood in silence, their heads uncovered, thrilled
-by the scene. Chang-Li-Hun’s face, even in death, had not lost its
-cruel expression. He lay there, silent, unconquered. The will of Peking
-held no terrors for him now.
-
-[Illustration: _THE AMERICANS WERE STRUCK DUMB_]
-
-Langdon motioned to the Chinaman at the dead man’s bedside that no harm
-would come to him, and after gaining courage, but eyeing fearfully
-the insensible body of the last remaining guard, he came slowly to the
-pilot’s side.
-
-“He says Ta-Ling has not returned,” Langdon breathed in a subdued voice
-after a minute’s talk with the frightened man. “He’s the treasurer you
-choked in the next room,” he continued hurriedly to Phil, “and he will
-lead us to the cell where the sailors were confined.”
-
-The lad’s hopes ran high. If Ta-Ling had not returned, it might be
-possible that the men were as yet alive.
-
-As the Americans hastened after the Chinaman, they passed Lieutenant
-Wilson and his waiting sailors in the courtyard.
-
-“The viceroy is dead!” Phil exclaimed hurriedly as he passed him.
-
-The treasurer led the way past the cell in which the midshipmen had
-spent so many horrible hours of torture, but to Phil’s alarm it was now
-empty.
-
-“The prisoners are gone,” the lad faltered, pointing to the deserted
-prison. “Ask him the meaning, Langdon.”
-
-“He says he knows nothing,” the pilot replied after stopping suddenly
-and questioning the distracted Chinaman. “He has been with the viceroy
-all night. Upon hearing of the arrival of the troops sent by Peking,
-the viceroy swallowed poison, a deadly Chinese drug, which he always
-carried with him.”
-
-Moving rapidly onward the Chinaman stopped suddenly in front of a cell
-door.
-
-Phil’s heart was as lead as he pushed the door open. The cell was empty.
-
-“Ta-Ling did return,” he cried in despair.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXIV
-
-PHIL EXPLAINS
-
-
-O’Neil, with his characteristic energy, wasted no time upon the cell,
-which he had made up his mind long since would be found empty, but with
-three or four sailors at his back had pressed forward to the end of the
-narrow corridor.
-
-He heard Phil’s cry of disappointment as he found himself on the edge
-of a smaller courtyard, and was just in time to discover a fleeing band
-of Chinamen disappearing through a narrow alley at the far end.
-
-Calling loudly for the others to follow, the boatswain’s mate ran
-hurriedly forward across the stone-paved court.
-
-Reaching the entrance to the alley, the sharp discharges of rifles from
-the other end caused him to stop abruptly, but before he could gain
-a place of safety, a stinging pain in his shoulder made him cry out
-sharply.
-
-Then his anger overcame his training in discretion and with his men
-beside him, while the heavy footfalls of the midshipmen advancing on a
-run across the courtyard told him of the approach of reënforcements, he
-boldly raced between the bordering walls of brick and mortar now swept
-by the enemy’s bullets.
-
-As he again emerged into the sunlight, he was barely in time to see the
-persistent enemy scattering like a covey of partridges through numerous
-passages at the far end of a third courtyard, while from that direction
-a hot fire was directed upon him and his handful of men.
-
-What should he do? He could advance no further in the face of that
-rifle fire. Glancing anxiously behind him, he saw the midshipmen and
-their men were nowhere in view, and yet they had been only a half
-hundred paces behind when he had charged down the alley. The sailors
-were returning the furious fire of the Chinese, but O’Neil saw that
-the enemy was hidden and the spatter of their bullets against the wall
-behind the Americans showed him only too plainly that even the poor
-shots of the Chinese might accidentally make a hit. Reluctantly he
-ordered a retreat back through the arched passageway.
-
-As O’Neil and his men again reached the second courtyard, across which
-he had chased the fleeing Chinamen, he saw the midshipmen and their
-party surrounding several objects upon the ground, which had been
-covered over with a large piece of canvas.
-
-“They are safe,” Sydney’s voice hailed as he caught sight of the
-returning sailors. “You ran right over them.”
-
-The prisoners were quickly freed from their manacles, and, supported by
-their comrades, the party hastened to rejoin Lieutenant Wilson.
-
-The four sailors had had a narrow escape. Ta-Ling, determined upon
-revenge, had been upon the point of beheading them when O’Neil and
-his men had caused him to desist. Then covering them hurriedly with a
-large piece of canvas, he hoped to conceal their presence until the
-Americans had given up their search, when he would return and finish
-his diabolical work. But the curiosity of an American had defeated his
-plan; for raising the corner of the canvas the sailor had seen the
-blue-clad legs of a bound and gagged shipmate.
-
-Arriving in the main courtyard, Phil’s eye caught the bright color
-of a Chinese mandarin’s clothes, their wearer standing at Lieutenant
-Wilson’s side.
-
-“Hang-Ki!” he exclaimed joyfully as he recognized the Tartar general’s
-erect form.
-
-The two midshipmen hastened to the Manchu’s side and shook hands with
-him warmly.
-
-Hang-Ki had been patiently waiting for Langdon’s return to interpret
-his words to the American lieutenant. Another mandarin stood by
-Hang-Ki’s side, his rugged frame indicating clearly that he also was of
-Tartar blood, from which race the military leaders of China are taken.
-
-The midshipmen waited impatiently to hear what Hang-Ki had to tell,
-while Lieutenant Wilson congratulated all hands upon the success of the
-rescue, and shook hands as all had done with the rescued men.
-
-“His Excellency says the viceroy killed himself early this morning;
-the captain of the yamen guards brought him the news, but it did not
-arrive in time to hoist the white flag before the monitor had fired her
-shell. He says many men were hurt during the night engagement and asks
-how many Americans were killed.”
-
-“Tell him we’ve lost only one man in all the fighting,” Lieutenant
-Wilson replied.
-
-Hang-Ki, after Langdon had given him Lieutenant Wilson’s words, shook
-his head as though mystified.
-
-The two generals expressed a wish to visit the American commander, and
-make China’s peace for the hostile acts of the dead viceroy.
-
-The sailors were assembled and marched directly to the landing.
-
-As the river and the anchored ships came into view, Phil grasped
-Sydney’s arm excitedly, pointing to a white yacht lying gracefully at
-anchor between the monitors and the “Phœnix”; the latter having left
-the allies at the upper anchorage and steamed down the river while they
-were inside the Chinese city.
-
-“The ‘Alacrity’!” he exclaimed, “and the admiral’s on board; there’s
-his flag at the main,” pointing to a large blue flag, with two white
-stars in the field. Then the joy died in his face. The letter of the
-viceroy and the telegram, as yet undelivered, came to his mind.
-
-“Where’s the ‘Albaque’?” Sydney asked suddenly, searching the river for
-Ignacio’s ship.
-
-“There she goes,” Langdon cried, pointing down stream, where a trail of
-smoke from a fast disappearing steamer hung low over the muddy water of
-the river.
-
-Upon reaching the “Phœnix,” there was Commander Hughes on deck,
-anxiously waiting to hear the results of the expedition. His face was
-wreathed in smiles as he heard of their unlooked-for success. Then,
-motioning Langdon to follow, he led the two Chinese officers to his
-cabin.
-
-Phil had not dared, with his guilt written plainly on his face, to look
-his captain in the eye while that officer showered praises upon the two
-midshipmen, and he was much relieved to be able to escape to his own
-room, there to map out a course of action.
-
-“Our best plan, Syd,” Phil declared, “is to take all these papers to
-the captain and make a clean breast of it.”
-
-Sydney agreed wholly with his friend’s plan and all that remained
-was to muster up courage to go to the captain. Both midshipmen would
-much rather have faced a hundred Chinese rifles than confess to their
-captain that a telegram and directed to him from the navy department
-had been purposely hidden.
-
-A rap on the door caused Phil’s pulses to beat quicker and his heart
-rise to his mouth.
-
-“The captain would like to see Mr. Perry and Mr. Monroe,” the orderly
-announced, peering in through the curtain at the startled lads.
-
-“Come on, Phil,” Sydney urged; “we’d better get it over with.”
-
-In silence they walked into the cabin. Phil’s head swam as his old
-friend Admiral Taylor shook his hand and spoke solid words of praise
-for his valuable services.
-
-Hang-Ki had risen to go upon the entrance of the midshipmen, and after
-bowing to the admiral and captain he stepped quickly to Phil’s side,
-pressing into his hand the jade ring.
-
-“He says,” Langdon interpreted, “that he has evidence enough without it
-if he is lucky enough to capture Ta-Ling.”
-
-“I am delighted, Hughes,” the admiral said as Commander Hughes returned
-with the midshipmen, after having escorted the Chinese soldiers to the
-gangway, “at the successful end gained by your clear-headed policy.
-Washington, hearing nothing from you and at the same time receiving
-news of your doings from a foreign government, was quite justified, in
-view of your known impetuosity, in being anxious. It was current in
-Shanghai that you had been relieved of your command, yet I received no
-word up to the time of sailing, two days ago.”
-
-Phil saw his opportunity had come to bare his secret, and drawing the
-viceroy’s letter, the telegram and the correspondence of Ignacio all
-from his pocket, he laid them in silence on the table between the two
-officers.
-
-The lads waited in a fever of dread while the officers glanced in
-surprise at the papers before them. Phil saw that the admiral held the
-cipher telegram, with the translation underneath the cipher words.
-
-“What does this mean?” the admiral cried sternly, reading aloud the
-translation of the cablegram.
-
-Phil boldly told where and when he had found the telegram, and his
-reasons for not delivering it until now.
-
-The admiral regarded the lad severely.
-
-“Knowing this was from the department in Washington, you concealed it,”
-he exclaimed. “Explain yourself, sir.”
-
-Phil swallowed hard and then pointed a trembling finger to the other
-papers.
-
-“After you have read those, sir,” he said huskily, “I shall be ready to
-stand guilty or not guilty in your eyes.”
-
-Both officers eagerly read the letters from Ignacio to the viceroy’s
-secretary.
-
-After the admiral had finished reading, he regarded Phil in silence,
-his expression fathomless to the anxious midshipman. Commander Hughes’
-eyes gave him no encouragement; they were directed to his brightly
-polished shoes. It was a question between the senior midshipman and his
-commander-in-chief. Technically a great breach of naval discipline had
-been committed.
-
-The minutes ticked away slowly by the cabin clock while the lad waited
-for the wording of his doom.
-
-“Mr. Perry,” the admiral at length began in his usual calm voice, “this
-is the second time that you have placed me in a most embarrassing
-position, but I want to say right here,” and his eyes snapped, “if I
-had a son, and he had committed this breach of naval discipline in
-order to save the situation, I would be mighty proud of him.” As he
-finished he put out his hand to the surprised but happy midshipman, who
-grasped it joyfully.
-
-Phil was so surprised that he could not find voice to utter a single
-word. He stared dumbly at the admiral, his tear-dimmed eyes eloquently
-speaking the words he could not utter.
-
-Commander Hughes jumped up and grasped the midshipman by the hand,
-showing in his face the keen pleasure the admiral’s decision had given
-him.
-
-“This correspondence I shall keep in my safe,” the admiral said, a
-twinkle in his eyes, “in case I have trouble in explaining our young
-friend’s crime. It may also serve us in the future with this foreign
-Judas Iscariot.
-
-“And now, young man,” he added, his kind face beaming with good
-nature, “I think after a few months I shall have to deprive your
-captain of your services. I am going to put in commission a number of
-small gunboats for duty against the Philippine insurgents, and I have
-decided to give Mr. Perry command of one of them with Mr. Monroe as his
-executive officer, and I suppose,” he suggested with a smile, “that you
-will want O’Neil as the chief boatswain’s mate.”
-
-Phil could hardly believe his ears. Instead of censure, here was the
-admiral offering him a ship of his own.
-
-As one in a dream he thanked the admiral and accompanied by Sydney,
-withdrew from the cabin.
-
-By order of Peking Hang-Ki was made viceroy and he at once took steps
-to safeguard all foreigners throughout the provinces.
-
-The allied gunboats within the hour anchored off Ku-Ling, and before
-the day was over the foreign concession had taken up the thread of
-business where it had been so rudely interrupted. Commander Hughes
-detailed a force of mechanics from the American war-ships to repair
-the damaged launches of the faithful Emmons, and before a week had
-passed the launch trade was flourishing as of old.
-
-The concession to build the railroad to Peking was made more secure
-to the American company, and before the “Phœnix” sailed for Shanghai
-the lads saw the material, which had long waited for permission to be
-landed, safely stored in go-downs and the work on the road started.
-
-Ta-Ling made good his escape, and it was believed that he had gone to
-the mountains, there to remain in hiding until another opportunity
-might present itself to avenge himself on the despised foreigner.
-
-O’Neil’s wound was found by the doctors to be not dangerous and, with
-his arm in a sling for several days, he was gazed at admiringly by his
-less fortunate shipmates.
-
-Langdon received the personal thanks of the admiral, and Commander
-Hughes stoutly declares that he is as good a pilot ashore as he is on
-the river.
-
-
-
-
-FOOTNOTES:
-
-[1] Mexican dollars.
-
-[2] There is a prescribed rule for hailing a boat at night. A ship,
-seeing a boat approaching, hails, “Boat ahoy!” If enlisted men are
-in the boat the proper answer is “Hello!” If midshipmen are in the
-boat the answer is “No! No!” if commissioned officers, “Aye! Aye!” If
-a captain is in the boat the answer is the name of his ship, and an
-admiral’s proper answer is “Flag”--meaning that the boat carries an
-admiral’s flag.
-
-[3] Twelve rifles.
-
-
-
-
-TRANSCRIBER’S NOTES:
-
-
- Italicized text is surrounded by underscores: _italics_.
-
- Obvious typographical errors have been corrected.
-
- Inconsistencies in hyphenation have been standardized.
-
- Archaic or alternate spelling has been retained from the original.
-
-
-*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK A UNITED STATES MIDSHIPMAN IN
-CHINA ***
-
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
-be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the
-United States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following
-the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use
-of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for
-copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very
-easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation
-of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project
-Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away--you may
-do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected
-by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark
-license, especially commercial redistribution.
-
-START: FULL LICENSE
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
-person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
-1.E.8.
-
-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
-Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
-you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country other than the United States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
-on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-
- This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
- most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
- restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
- under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
- eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
- United States, you will have to check the laws of the country where
- you are located before using this eBook.
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
-other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm website
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
-Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-provided that:
-
-* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
- to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
- agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
- within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
- legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
- payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
- Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
- Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
- License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
- copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
- all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
- works.
-
-* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
- any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
- receipt of the work.
-
-* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of
-the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the Foundation as set
-forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause.
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
-www.gutenberg.org
-
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's business office is located at 809 North 1500 West,
-Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up
-to date contact information can be found at the Foundation's website
-and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without
-widespread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
-state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.
-
-Most people start at our website which has the main PG search
-facility: www.gutenberg.org
-
-This website includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.